3आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के श्रेष्ठ स्वमानधारी विशेष बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr K|kē śhrēṣhṭh svamāndhārī viśhēṣh bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamāndhārī[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere (K|of) elevated those with self-respect special child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada is seeing all His special children from everywhere who have elevated self-respect.
4हर एक बच्चे का स्वमान इतना विशेष है जो विश्व में कोई भी आत्मा का नहीं है . har ēk bachchē kā svamān itnā viśhēṣh hai jō viśhva mē̃ kōī bhī ātmā kā nahī̃ hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one child of self-respect such special be[pres.sg.23] that world in anyone soul of not be[pres.sg.23] .
3The self- respect of every child is so special that no other soul in the world has that.
5आप सभी विश्व की आत्माओं के पूर्वज भी हो और पूज्य भी हो . āp sabhī viśhva key|kī ātmāō̃ K|kē pūrvaj bhī hō aur pūjya bhī hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur pūjya[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you all world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) soul (K|of) ancestor too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and worthy of worship too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
4For the souls of the world, all of you are ancestors and worthy of worship.
6सारे सृष्टि के वृक्ष की जड़ में आप आधारमूर्त हो . sārē sr̥iṣhṭi K|kē vr̥ikṣha key|kī jaṛ mē̃ āp ādhārmūrt hō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛnā[root] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] ādhārmūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . the whole world (K|of) tree (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|non-conscious|stud[root]) in you image of support (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
5You are the images of support in the roots of the tree of the whole world.
7सारे विश्व के पूर्वज पहली रचना हो . sārē viśhva K|kē pūrvaj pahlī rachnā hō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rachnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] . the whole world (K|of) ancestor x x[pres.pl.2.oblig1] .
6You are the first creation, the ancestors of the whole world.
8बापदादा हर एक बच्चे की विशेषता को देख खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē key|kī viśhēṣhtā kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada each one child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
7BapDada is pleased to see the speciality of every child.
9चाहे छोटा बच्चा है , चाहे बुजुर्ग मातायें हैं , चाहे प्रवृत्ति वाले हैं . chāhē chhōṭā bachchā hai , chāhē bujurg mātāyē̃ haĩ , chāhē pravr̥itti vālē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bujurg[adj.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small child be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) older one mother be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) famille those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 10हर एक की अलग-अलग विशेषतायें हैं . har ēk key|kī alag-alag viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ . har ēk[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] alag[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . each one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) separate speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
8Whether they are little children, old mothers or householders, each one has their individual speciality.
11आजकल कितने भी बड़े ते बड़े साइंसदान हैं , दुनिया के हिसाब से विशेष हैं लेकिन प्रकृतिजीत तो बनें , चन्द्रमां तक भी पहुंच गये लेकिन इतनी छोटी सी ज्योति स्वरूप आत्मा को नहीं पहचान सकते . ājkal kitnē bhī baṛē tē baṛē science-dān haĩ , duniyā K|kē hisāb sē viśhēṣh haĩ lēkin prakr̥itijīt tō banē̃ , chandramā̃ tak bhī pahuñch gayē lēkin itnī chhōṭī C|see|sī jyōti svarūp ātmā kō nahī̃ pahchān saktē . ājkal kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science-dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , duniyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin prakr̥itijīt[adj.] tō bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , chandramā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tak bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . nowadays so too very from very scientist be[pres.pl.12hon3] , world (K|of) account from special be[pres.pl.12hon3] but conqueror of matter then become[opt.pl.12hon3] , moon until too reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] but such small (x|see) light form soul to not (recognition|recognise[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 12और यहाँ छोटा सा बच्चा भी मैं आत्मा हूँ , ज्योति बिन्दु को जानता है . aur yahā̃ chhōṭā sā bachchā bhī maĩ ātmā hū̃ , jyōti bindu kō jāntā hai . aur yahā̃ chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , jyōti bindu[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and here small x child too I am a soul , point of light to know[pres.sg.m.23] .
9Nowadays, no matter how great scientists are, and, according to the world, they may be very special, they have conquered matter; they have reached the moon, but they have not been able to recognise such a tiny soul, the form of light, whereas here, even a small child knows, "I am a soul", and he knows the point of light.
13फलक से कहता है मैं आत्मा हूँ . phalak sē kahtā hai maĩ ātmā hū̃ . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] . sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.sg.m.23] I am a soul .
10He says with intoxication: I am a soul.
14कितने भी बड़े महात्मायें हैं और ब्राह्मण मातायें हैं , मातायें फलक से कहती हमने परमात्मा को पा लिया . kitnē bhī baṛē mahātmāyē̃ haĩ aur brāhmaṇ mātāyē̃ haĩ , mātāyē̃ phalak sē kahtī hamnē paramātmā kō pā liyā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres-part.f.] ham[pn.pl.nē] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . so too very great soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] and Brahmin mother be[pres.pl.12hon3] , mother sparkle of intoxication from say[pres-part.f.] we[.nē] Supreme Soul to x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
11However great the mahatmas may be but here there are the Brahmin mothers who speak with spiritual intoxication - we have attained God.
15पा लिया है ना ! pā liyā hai nā ! pānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] nā ! x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ∅ !
12You have attained Him, have you not?
16और महात्मायें क्या कहते ? aur mahātmāyē̃ kyā kahtē ? aur mahātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? and great soul what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
13And what do the mahatmas say?
17परमात्मा को पाना बहुत मुश्किल है . paramātmā kō pānā bahut muśhkil hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Supreme Soul to x[inf.m.sg.d.] very difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
14To attain God is very difficult.
18प्रवृत्ति वाले चैलेन्ज करते हैं कि हम सब प्रवृत्ति में रहते , साथ रहते पवित्र रहते हैं क्योंकि हमारे बीच में बाप है . pravr̥itti vālē challenge kartē haĩ ki ham sab pravr̥itti mē̃ rahtē , sāth rahtē pavitra rahtē haĩ kyōṅki hamārē bīch mē̃ bāp hai . pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] challenge karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pavitr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki ham[pn.pl.kē] bīch mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . famille those who challenge do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we all famille in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , with remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pure remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because we[.kē] centre in father be[pres.sg.23] .
15Householders issue a challenge: All of us live together in a household and lead a pure life because we have the Father between us.
19इसलिए दोनों साथ रहते भी सहज पवित्र रह सकते हैं क्योंकि पवित्रता हमारा स्वधर्म है . isliē dōnō̃ sāth rahtē bhī sahaj pavitra rah saktē haĩ kyōṅki pavitratā hamārā svadharm hai . isliē dōnō̃ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] pavitr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kyōṅki pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kā] svadharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore x with remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too easy pure remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] because purity we[.kā] original dharma be[pres.sg.23] .
16This is why even when the two of us are living together we can easily remain pure because purity is our original religion.
20पर धर्म मुश्किल होता है , स्व धर्म सहज होता है . par dharm muśhkil hōtā hai , sva dharm sahaj hōtā hai . par[postp.]|par[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sva dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (at|other) religion difficult be[pres.sg.m.23] , x religion easy be[pres.sg.m.23] .
17To adopt another religion is difficult, but to adopt one's original religion is easy.
21और लोग क्या कहते ? aur lōg kyā kahtē ? aur log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? and people what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
18And what do people say?
22आग और कपूस साथ में रह नहीं सकते . āg aur kapūs sāth mē̃ rah nahī̃ saktē . āg[n.f.;sg.] aur kapās[n.f.;sg.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . fire and cotton with in remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 23बड़ा मुश्किल है और आप सब क्या कहते ? baṛā muśhkil hai aur āp sab kyā kahtē ? baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? very difficult be[pres.sg.23] and you all what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
19Fire and cotton wool cannot stay together; it is very difficult, whereas what do all of you say?
24बहुत सहज है . bahut sahaj hai . bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very easy be[pres.sg.23] .
20It is very easy.
25आप सबका शुरू शुरू का एक गीत था - कितने भी सेठ , स्वामी हैं लेकिन एक अल्फ को नहीं जाना है . āp sabkā śhurū śhurū kā ēk gīt thā - kitnē bhī sēṭh , svāmī haĩ lēkin ēk alpha kō nahī̃ jānā hai . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] - kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , svāmī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ēk[adj.] alpha[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . you everyone's beginning beginning of one x be[past.m.sg] - so too x , Swami be[pres.pl.12hon3] but one Alpha to not (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
21All of you had a song in the beginning: No matter how much of a businessman or a lord etc. someone may be, he does not know the one Alpha.
26छोटी सी बिन्दी आत्मा को नहीं जाना लेकिन आप सभी बच्चों ने जान लिया , पा लिया . chhōṭī C|see|sī bindī ātmā kō nahī̃ jānā lēkin āp sabhī bachchō̃ nē jān liyā , pā liyā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . small (x|see) point soul to not (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) but you all child ∅ know[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
22They don't know the tiny point of light, the soul. 23However, all of you children have recognised it and also attained it.
27इतने निश्चय और फखुर से बोलते हो , असम्भव सम्भव है . itnē niśhchay aur phakhur sē bōltē hō , asambhav sambhav hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] , asambhav[adj.] sambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such faith and intoxication from speak[pres.pl.m.2] , impossible x be[pres.sg.23] .
24You speak with so much faith and spiritual intoxication: The impossible is possible.
28बापदादा भी हर एक बच्चे को विजयी रत्न देख हर्षित होते हैं क्योंकि हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बाप है . bāpdādā bhī har ēk bachchē kō vijayī ratna dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ kyōṅki himmatē bachchē madadē bāp hai . bāpdādā bhī[p.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] vijayī[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada too each one child to victorious jewel see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because courage child x father be[pres.sg.23] .
25BapDada sees each child as a victorious jewel and is pleased because when you children have courage, the Father helps.
29इसलिए दुनिया लिए जो असम्भव बातें हैं वह आपके लिए सहज और सम्भव हो गई हैं . isliē duniyā liē jō asambhav bātē̃ haĩ vah āpkē liē sahaj aur sambhav hō gaī haĩ . isliē duniyā[n.f.;sg.] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] asambhav[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sahaj[adj.] aur sambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . therefore world (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that impossible matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] that you[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) easy and x be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
26This is why things that are impossible for the world have become easy and possible for you.
30फखुर रहता है कि हम परमात्मा के डायरेक्ट बच्चे हैं . phakhur rahtā hai ki ham paramātmā K|kē direct bachchē haĩ . fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] direct bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] that we Supreme Soul (K|of) direct child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
27You have the spiritual intoxication that you are the direct children of God.
31इस नशे के कारण , निश्चय के कारण परमात्म बच्चे होने के कारण माया से भी बचे हुए हो . is naśhē K|kē kāraṇ , niśhchay K|kē kāraṇ paramātma bachchē hōnē K|kē kāraṇ māyā sē bhī bachē huē hō . yah[pn.sg.o.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bachnā[opt.sg.23]|bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . this intoxication (K|of) because , faith (K|of) because Supreme Soul child be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because Maya from too (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
28Because of this intoxication and faith, because of being God's children, you are safe from Maya.
32बच्चा बनना अर्थात् सहज बच जाना . bachchā bannā arthāt sahaj bach jānā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt sahaj[adj.] bachnā[root] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . child become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is easy x[root] (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
29To become a child (bachcha) means to be easily saved (bachna).
33तो बच्चे हो और सब विघ्नों से , समस्याओं से बचे हुए हो . tō bachchē hō aur sab vighnō̃ sē , samasyāō̃ sē bachē huē hō . tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur sab[adj.] vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , samasyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bachnā[opt.sg.23]|bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . then child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and all obstacle from , problem from (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
30All of you are the children and are safe from all obstacles and problems.
34तो अपने इतने श्रेष्ठ स्वमान को जानते हो ना ! tō apnē itnē śhrēṣhṭh svamān kō jāntē hō nā ! tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! then one’s own such elevated self-respect to know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
31So, you know all this elevated self-respect of yours, do you not?
35क्यों सहज है ? kyō̃ sahaj hai ? kyō̃ sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? why easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
32Why is it easy?
36क्योंकि आप साइलेन्स की शक्ति द्वारा , परिवर्तन शक्ति को कार्य में लगाते हो . kyōṅki āp silence key|kī śhakti dvārā , parivartan śhakti kō kārya mē̃ lagātē hō . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] silence key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā , parivartan śhakti[x] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] . because you silence (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti through , x to task in attach[pres.pl.m.2] .
33Because with the power of silence, you use the power of transformation.
37निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में परिवर्तन कर लेते हो . negative kō positive mē̃ parivartan kar lētē hō . negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . negative to positive in transformation do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
34You transform the negative into positive.
38माया कितने भी समस्या के रूप में आती है लेकिन आप परिवर्तन की शक्ति से , साइलेन्स की शक्ति से समस्या को समाधान स्वरूप बना देते हो . māyā kitnē bhī samasyā K|kē rūp mē̃ ātī hai lēkin āp parivartan key|kī śhakti sē , silence key|kī śhakti sē samasyā kō samādhān svarūp banā dētē hō . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , silence key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . Maya so too problem (K|of) Rup in come[pres.sg.f.23] but you transformation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from , silence (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti from problem to solution form create[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
35No matter how many types of problems Maya comes in, with the power of transformation and the power of silence, you change the problem into a form of solution.
39कारण को निवारण रूप में बदल देते हो . kāraṇ kō nivāraṇ rūp mē̃ badal dētē hō . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . because to solution Rup in change[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
36You change the reason into a solution.
40है ना इतनी ताकत , कोर्स भी कराते हो ना ! hai nā itnī tākat , course bhī karātē hō nā ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] , course bhī[p.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅ such power , course too make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
37You have this much power, do you not? 38You also give courses, do you not?
41निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव करने की विधि सिखाते हो . negative kō positive karnē key|kī vidhi sikhātē hō . negative kō[postp.] positive karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] . negative to positive do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method teach[pres.pl.m.2] .
39You teach them the method to transform the negative into positive.
42यह परिवर्तन शक्ति बाप द्वारा वर्से में मिली है . yah parivartan śhakti bāp dvārā varsē mē̃ milī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] parivartan śhakti[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . this x father through inheritance in receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
40You have received this power of transformation as an inheritance from the Father.
43एक ही शक्ति नहीं , सर्वशक्तियां परमात्म वर्सा मिला है , इसीलिए बापदादा हर रोज कहते हैं , हर रोज मुरली सुनते हो ना ! ēk hī śhakti nahī̃ , sarvśhaktiyā̃ paramātma varsā milā hai , isīliē bāpdādā har|her rōj kahtē haĩ , har|her rōj murlī suntē hō nā ! ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , sarvśhaktiyō̃[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , isīliē bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her rōz kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her rōz murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! one only Shakti not , all the powers Supreme Soul inheritance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x BapDada (x[root]|x) day say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) day flute listen[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
41It is not just one power, but you have received all the powers as your Godly inheritance and this is why BapDada speaks to you every day. 42You listen to the murli every day, do you not?
44तो हर रोज बापदादा यही कहते - बाप को याद करो और वर्से को याद करो . tō har|her rōj bāpdādā yahī kahtē - bāp kō yād karō aur varsē kō yād karō . tō harnā[root]|har|her rōz bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (x[root]|x) day BapDada this say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - father to remember and inheritance to remember .
43So, BapDada tells you every day: Remember the Father and remember the inheritance.
45बाप की याद भी सहज क्यों आती है ? bāp kī yād bhī sahaj kyō̃ ātī hai ? bāp kī yād[x] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] kyō̃ ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? remembrance of the Father too easy why come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
44Why do you remember the Father so easily?
46जब वर्से की प्राप्ति को याद करते तो बाप की याद प्राप्ति के कारण सहज आ जाती है . jab varsē key|kī prāpti kō yād kartē tō bāp kī yād prāpti K|kē kāraṇ sahaj ā jātī hai . jab varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāp kī yād[x] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . when inheritance (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment to remembrance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then remembrance of the Father attainment (K|of) because easy come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
45When you remember the attainment of the inheritance, you easily remember the Father because of that attainment.
47हर एक बच्चे को यह रूहानी फखुर रहता है , दिल में गीत गाते हैं - पाना था वो पा लिया . har ēk bachchē kō yah rūhānī phakhur rahtā hai , dil mē̃ gīt gātē haĩ - pānā thā vō pā liyā . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - pānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] vah[pn.;d.] pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . each one child to this spiritual intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] , heart in x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - x[past.m.sg.oblig1] that x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
46Each child has this spiritual intoxication. 47In your heart, you sing the song: I have attained that which I wanted to attain.
48सभी के दिल में यह स्वतः ही गीत बजता है ना ! sabhī K|kē dil mē̃ yah svataḥ hī gīt bajtā hai nā ! sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] svataḥ hī[p.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! all (K|of) heart in this automatically only x x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
48This song is naturally playing in everyone's heart, is it not?
49फखुर है ना ! phakhur hai nā ! fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
49You have this spiritual intoxication, do you not?
50जितना इस फखुर में रहेंगे तो फखुर की निशानी है , बेफिक्र होंगे . jitnā is phakhur mē̃ rahē̃gē tō phakhur key|kī niśhānī hai , bēphikr hōṅgē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the more this intoxication in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then intoxication (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign be[pres.sg.23] , carefree be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
50To the extent that you maintain this spiritual intoxication (fakhur), the sign of that intoxication is that you will remain free from worry (befikar).
51अगर किसी भी प्रकार का संकल्प में , बोल में या सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में फिकर रहता है तो फखुर नहीं है . agar kisī bhī prakār kā saṅkalp mē̃ , bōl mē̃ yā sambandh-sampark mē̃ phikar rahtā hai tō phakhur nahī̃ hai . agar kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if (some|anything) too form of thought in , (speak[root]|x) in or x in worry remain[pres.sg.m.23] then intoxication not be[pres.sg.23] .
51If there is any worry in your thoughts, words, relationships or connections, there cannot be spiritual intoxication.
52बापदादा ने बेफिक्र बादशाह बनाया है . bāpdādā nē bēphikr bādśhāh banāyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ carefree emperor create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
52BapDada has made you into carefree emperors.
53बोलो , बेफिक्र बादशाह हो ? bōlō , bēphikr bādśhāh hō ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , carefree emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
53Speak, are you carefree emperors?
54है , हाथ उठाओ जो बेफिकर बादशाह हैं ? hai , hāth uṭhāō jō bēphikar bādśhāh haĩ ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? be[pres.sg.23] , raise your hands that carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
54Are you this? 55Those who are carefree emperors, raise your hands!
55बेफिकर कि कभी कभी फिकर आ जाता है ? bēphikar ki kabhī kabhī phikar ā jātā hai ? bēphikr[adj.] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? carefree that ever ever worry come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
56Or, do you sometimes have some worry? 57Do you sometimes worry?
56अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
58It is good.
57जब बाप बेफिक्र है , तो बच्चों को क्या फिकर है . jab bāp bēphikr hai , tō bachchō̃ kō kyā phikar hai . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when father carefree be[pres.sg.23] , then child to what worry be[pres.sg.23] .
59Since the Father is carefree, what should the children worry about?
58बापदादा ने तो कह दिया है सब फिक्र वा किसी भी प्रकार का बोझ है तो बापदादा को दे दो . bāpdādā nē tō kah diyā hai sab phikra vā kisī bhī prakār kā bōjh hai tō bāpdādā kō dē dō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] sab[adj.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] vā kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . BapDada ∅ then say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] all worry or (some|anything) too form of burden be[pres.sg.23] then BapDada to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
60BapDada has already said: Hand over all your worries or any type of burdens to BapDada.
59बाप सागर है ना . bāp sāgar hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . father ocean be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
61The Father is the Ocean, is He not?
60तो बोझ सारा समा जायेगा . tō bōjh sārā samā jāyēgā . tō bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then burden the whole merge[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
62So, all the burdens will be accommodated in that.
61कभी बापदादा बच्चों का एक गीत सुनके मुस्कराता है . kabhī bāpdādā bachchō̃ kā ēk gīt sunkē muskarātā hai . kabhī[adv.] bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] muskarānā[pres.sg.m.23] . ever BapDada child of one x listen[abs.] smile[pres.sg.m.23] .
63Sometimes, BapDada hears one song of the children and is amused.
62पता है कौन सा गीत ? patā hai kaun sā gīt ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaun sā[x] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23] which x ?
64Do you know which song that is?
63क्या करें , कैसे करें … कभी कभी तो गाते हो . kyā karē̃ , kaisē karē̃ … kabhī kabhī tō gātē hō . kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] … kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] tō gānā[pres.pl.m.2] . what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , how do[opt.pl.12hon3] … ever ever then sing[pres.pl.m.2] . 64बापदादा तो सुनता रहता है . bāpdādā tō suntā rahtā hai . bāpdādā tō sunnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada then listen[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
65"What can I do? 66How can I do this?" 67Sometimes, you do sing this; BapDada keeps hearing it.
65लेकिन बापदादा सभी बच्चों को यही कहते हैं हे मीठे बच्चे , लाडले बच्चे साक्षी-दृष्टा के स्थिति की सीट पर सेट हो जाओ और सीट पर सेट होके खेल देखो , बहुत मजा आयेगा , वाह ! lēkin bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō yahī kahtē haĩ hē mīṭhē bachchē , lāḍlē bachchē sākṣhī-dr̥iṣhṭā K|kē sthiti key|kī seat par set hō jāō aur seat par set hōkē khēl dēkhō , bahut majā āyēgā , vāh ! lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hē mīṭhē bachchē[x] , lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] aur seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[abs.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bahut mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , vāh ! but BapDada all child to this say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x sweet children , x child detached observer (K|of) stage (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) seat (at|other) set be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] and seat (at|other) set be[abs.] (play[root]|play) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very pleasure come[fut.m.sg.23] , wah! !
68However, BapDada says to all the children: O My sweet children, My beloved children, set yourself on the seat of the stage of a detached observer and watch the games whilst set on the seat. 69You will really enjoy yourselves very much.
66त्रिकालदर्शी स्थिति में स्थित हो जाओ . trikāldarśhī sthiti mē̃ sthit hō jāō . trikāldarśhī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . trikaldarshi stage in stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
70Or, stabilise yourself in the trikaldarshi (knower of three aspects of time) stage.
67सीट से नीचे आते इसलिए अपसेट होते हो . seat sē nīchē ātē isliē upset hōtē hō . seat sē[postp.] nīchē ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] isliē upset hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . seat from down come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] therefore upset be[pres.pl.m.2] .
71It is because you come off your seat that you become upset.
68सेट रहो तो अपसेट नहीं होंगे . set rahō tō upset nahī̃ hōṅgē . set rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō upset nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . set remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then upset not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
72If you remain set, you won't get upset.
69यह तीन चीज़ें बच्चों को परेशान करती हैं . yah tīn chīzē̃ bachchō̃ kō parēśhān kartī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parēśhān[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . this x thing child to distressed do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
73Three things trouble the children.
70कौन सी तीन चीज़ें ? kaun C|see|sī tīn chīzē̃ ? kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tīn[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ? who (x|see) x thing ?
74What are these three things?
71- चंचल मन , भटकती बुद्धि और क्या कहते हैं ? - chañchal man , bhaṭaktī buddhi aur kyā kahtē haĩ ? - chañchal[adj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhaṭaknā[pres-part.f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] aur kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? - mischievous mind , wander around[pres-part.f.] intellect and what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
75A mischievous mind. 76A wandering intellect. 77What else do you say?
72पुराने संस्कार . purānē saṅskār . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] . old sanskar .
78Old sanskars.
73बापदादा को बच्चों की एक बात सुनके हंसी आती है , पता है कौन सी बात है ? bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ key|kī ēk bāt sunkē hansī ātī hai , patā hai kaun C|see|sī bāt hai ? bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[abs.] hãsnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+ānā] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada to child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one matter listen[abs.] laugh out[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+ānā] , knowledge be[pres.sg.23] who (x|see) matter be[pres.sg.23] ?
79On hearing one thing of the children, BapDada is amused. 80Do you know what that is?
74कहते हैं बाबा क्या करें , मेरे पुराने संस्कार हैं ना ! kahtē haĩ bābā kyā karē̃ , mērē purānē saṅskār haĩ nā ! kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , I[.kē] old sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
81Children say: Baba, what can I do? 82These are my old sanskars.
75बापदादा मुस्कराता है . bāpdādā muskarātā hai . bāpdādā muskarānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada smile[pres.sg.m.23] .
83BapDada smiles.
76जब कह ही रहे हो , मेरे संस्कार , तो मेरा बनाया है ? jab kah hī rahē hō , mērē saṅskār , tō mērā banāyā hai ? jab kahnā[root] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] , tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? when say[root] only remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , I[.kē] sanskar , then I[.kā] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? 77तो मेरे पर तो अधिकार होता ही है . tō mērē par tō adhikār hōtā hī hai . tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō adhikār[x] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then I[.kē] (at|other) then right be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
84Since you yourself are saying, "These are my sanskars," it means you have made them "mine", and when they are "mine", there is a right over them.
78जब पुराने संस्कार को मेरा बना दिया , तो मेरा तो जगह लेगा ना . jab purānē saṅskār kō mērā banā diyā , tō mērā tō jagah lēgā nā . jab purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] tō jagah[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . when old sanskar to I[.kā] (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) , then I[.kā] then x take[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
85Since you have made the old sanskars belong to you, then that which is yours will take some space, will they not?
79क्या यह ब्राह्मण आत्मा कह सकती है मेरे संस्कार ? kyā yah brāhmaṇ ātmā kah saktī hai mērē saṅskār ? kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] saṅskār[x] ? what this Brahmin soul say[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] I[.kē] sanskar ?
86Can Brahmin souls ever say, "my sanskars"?
80मेरा-मेरा कहा है तो मेरे ने अपनी जगह बना दी है . mērā-mērā kahā hai tō mērē nē apnī jagah banā dī hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . I[.kā] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then I[.kē] ∅ one’s own x (become[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
87You have said "They are mine" and so that "mine" has made its own space.
81आप ब्राह्मण मेरा नहीं कह सकते . āp brāhmaṇ mērā nahī̃ kah saktē . āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mērā nahī̃[x] kahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . you Brahmin Nothing is "mine" say[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
88You Brahmins cannot say "they are mine".
82यह पास्ट जीवन के संस्कार हैं . yah past jīvan K|kē saṅskār haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] past jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this past life (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
89These are the sanskars of your past life.
83शूद्र जीवन के संस्कार हैं . śhūdra jīvan K|kē saṅskār haĩ . śhūdra[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . shudra life (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 84ब्राह्मण जीवन के नहीं है . brāhmaṇ jīvan K|kē nahī̃ hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahmin life (K|of) not be[pres.sg.23] .
90They are the sanskars of the shudra life, not of the Brahmin life.
85तो मेरा-मेरा कहा है तो वह भी मेरे अधिकार से बैठ गये हैं . tō mērā-mērā kahā hai tō vah bhī mērē adhikār sē baiṭh gayē haĩ . tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] adhikār[x] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then I[.kā] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then that too I[.kē] right from sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
91So, because you have said, "mine, mine", they have settled with that right of belonging to you.
86ब्राह्मण जीवन के श्रेष्ठ संस्कार जानते हो ना ! brāhmaṇ jīvan K|kē śhrēṣhṭh saṅskār jāntē hō nā ! brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅskār[x] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! Brahmin life (K|of) elevated sanskar know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
92You know the elevated sanskars of Brahmin life, do you not?
87और यह संस्कार जिनको आप पुराने कहते हो , वह भी पुराने नहीं हैं , आप श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं का पुराने ते पुराना संस्कार अनादि और आदि संस्कार है . aur yah saṅskār jinkō āp purānē kahtē hō , vah bhī purānē nahī̃ haĩ , āp śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kā purānē tē purānā saṅskār anādi aur ādi saṅskār hai . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] jō[pn.pl.kō] āp[pn.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] anādi[adj.] aur ādi[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and this sanskar that[.kō] you old say[pres.pl.m.2] , that too old not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you elevated soul of old from old sanskar eternal and etc. sanskar be[pres.sg.23] .
93However, these sanskars, which you call old sanskars, are not really old. 94The oldest of all sanskars of you elevated souls are the original and eternal sanskars.
88यह तो द्वापर मध्य के संस्कार हैं . yah tō dvāpar madhya K|kē saṅskār haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō dvāpar madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then copper age middle (K|of) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
95These sanskars are the sanskars of the middle period, of the copper age.
89तो मध्य के संस्कार को समाप्त कर देना , बाप की मदद से कोई मुश्किल नहीं है . tō madhya K|kē saṅskār kō samāpt kar dēnā , bāp key|kī madad sē kōī muśhkil nahī̃ hai . tō madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then middle (K|of) sanskar to x give[inf.m.sg.d.] , father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x from some difficult not be[pres.sg.23] .
96So, now finish the sanskars of the middle period; with the Father's help it is not difficult.
90होता क्या है ? hōtā kyā hai ? hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.23] ?
97However, what happens instead?
91कि समय पर बाप कम्बाइन्ड है , उसे कम्बाइन्ड जान , कम्बाइन्ड का अर्थ ही है समय पर सहयोगी . ki samay par bāp combined hai , usē combined jān , combined kā arth|earth hī hai samay par sahyōgī . ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] combined hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] combined jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , combined kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] . that time (at|other) father combined be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kō] combined (know[root]|x) , combined of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] time (at|other) co-operative .
98According to the time, the Father is combined with you, and you do know Him to be combined - combined means that He becomes co-operative at a time of need.
92लेकिन समय पर सहयोग न लेने के कारण मध्य के संस्कार महान बन जाते हैं . lēkin samay par sahyōg na lēnē K|kē kāraṇ madhya K|kē saṅskār mahān ban jātē haĩ . lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . but time (at|other) cooperation not take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because middle (K|of) sanskar great become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
99However, because of your not taking that help at the time of need, the sanskars of the middle period become prominent.
93बापदादा जानते हैं कि सभी बच्चे बाप के प्यार के पात्र हैं , अधिकारी हैं . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki sabhī bachchē bāp K|kē pyār K|kē pātr haĩ , adhikārī haĩ . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all child father (K|of) love (K|of) worthy of receiving be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
100BapDada knows that all the children are worthy of the Father's love, that they have a right to it.
94बाबा जानते हैं कि प्यार के कारण ही सभी पहुंच गये हैं . bābā jāntē haĩ ki pyār K|kē kāraṇ hī sabhī pahuñch gayē haĩ . bābā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sab[adv.hī] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Baba know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that love (K|of) because only all reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 95चाहे विदेश से आये हैं , चाहे देश से आये हैं , लेकिन सभी परमात्म प्यार की आकर्षण से अपने घर में पहुंचे हैं . chāhē vidēśh sē āyē haĩ , chāhē dēśh sē āyē haĩ , lēkin sabhī paramātma pyār key|kī ākarṣhaṇ sē apnē ghar mē̃ pahuñchē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin sab[adv.hī] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , but all Supreme Soul love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attraction from one’s own home in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
101Baba knows that it is because of this love that all of you have arrived here, whether you have come from abroad or from this land. 102However, all of you have reached your home because of the attraction of God's love.
96बापदादा भी जानते हैं प्यार में मैजॉरिटी पास हैं . bāpdādā bhī jāntē haĩ pyār mē̃ majority pās|pass haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] majority pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada too know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] love in majority (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
103BapDada even knows that in the subject of love, the majority of you have passed.
97विदेश से प्यार के प्लेन में पहुंच गये हो . vidēśh sē pyār K|kē plane|plain mē̃ pahuñch gayē hō . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plane|plain mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . abroad from love (K|of) (plane|plain) in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
104Those from abroad have arrived here in the plane of love.
98बोलो , सभी प्यार की डोर में बंधे हुए यहाँ पहुंच गये हो ना ! bōlō , sabhī pyār key|kī ḍōr mē̃ bandhē huē yahā̃ pahuñch gayē hō nā ! bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ḍōr[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bandhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā ! speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) string in be tied[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] here reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ !
105Tell Me, all of you arrived here because of being tied in the string of love, did you not?
99यह परमात्म प्यार दिल को आराम देने वाला है . yah paramātma pyār dil kō ārām dēnē vālā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ārām[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Supreme Soul love heart to comfort give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
106This love of God is such that it gives comfort to the heart.
100अच्छा - जो पहली बार यहाँ पहुचे हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā - jō pahlī bār yahā̃ pahuchē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - that x time here reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
107Achcha. 108Those who have come here for the first time, raise your hands!
101हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
109Wave your hands!
102भले पधारे . bhalē padhārē . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padhārnā[opt.sg.23]|padhārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . benefit (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
110Welcome!
103अभी बापदादा ने होम वर्क दिया था , याद है होमवर्क ? abhī bāpdādā nē home work diyā thā , yād hai homework ? ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] home work[x] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] home work ? now BapDada ∅ homework give[past-perf.m.sg.] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] homework ?
111Now, BapDada gave you some homework. 112Do you remember the homework?
104याद है ? yād hai ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
113Do you remember it?
105बापदादा के पास कई तरफ से रिजल्ट आई है . bāpdādā kē pās kaī taraph sē result āī hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] kaī taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] result ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada to some direction from result come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 106लेकिन अभी क्या करना है ? lēkin abhī kyā karnā hai ? lēkin ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? but now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
114BapDada has received the result from many places, but what are you going to do now?
107सभी की रिजल्ट नहीं आई है . sabhī key|kī result nahī̃ āī hai . sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
115Not everyone's result has come.
108कोई की कितने परसेन्ट में भी आई है . kōī key|kī kitnē percent mē̃ bhī āī hai . kōī[pn.;d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] percent mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . some (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) so % in too come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
116Some have sent their result of a certain percentage.
109बापदादा क्या चाहते हैं ? bāpdādā kyā chāhtē haĩ ? bāpdādā kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? BapDada what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
117What does BapDada want?
110बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि सब पूज्यनीय आत्माये हैं . bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki sab pūjyanīy ātmāyē haĩ . bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adj.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all worthy of worship soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 111तो पूज्यनीय आत्माओं का विशेष लक्षण दुआ देना ही है . tō pūjyanīy ātmāō̃ kā viśhēṣh lakṣhaṇ duā dēnā hī hai . tō pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then worthy of worship soul of special qualification blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
118BapDada wants... 119All of you are worthy-of-worship souls - So, the special qualification of worthy-of-worship souls is definitely to give blessings.
112तो आप सभी जानते हो कि आप सभी पूज्यनीय आत्मायें है , तो यह दुआ देना , दुआ देना अर्थात् दुआ लेना अण्डरस्टुड हो जाता है . tō āp sabhī jāntē hō ki āp sabhī pūjyanīy ātmāyē̃ hai , tō yah duā dēnā , duā dēnā arthāt duā lēnā understood hō jātā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] understand hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then you all know[pres.pl.m.2] that you all worthy of worship soul be[pres.sg.23] , then this blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] , blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] that is blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] understand be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
120So, do all of you know that you are worthy-of-worship souls? 121So, give these blessings. 122To give blessings means that it is understood that it also means to receive blessings.
113जो दुआ देता है , जिसको देते हैं उसकी दिल से बार-बार देने वाले के लिए दुआ निकलती है . jō duā dētā hai , jiskō dētē haĩ uskī dil sē bār-bār dēnē vālē kē liē duā nikaltī hai . jō[pn.;d.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.sg.kō] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē liē[x] duā[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] heart from time give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who for blessing be extracted[pres.sg.f.23] .
123The one you give blessings to, repeatedly and automatically lets blessings emerge from their heart for those who give those blessings.
114तो पूज्य आत्मायें आपका तो निजी संस्कार है - दुआ देना . tō pūjya ātmāyē̃ āpkā tō nijī saṅskār hai - duā dēnā . tō pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] tō nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then worthy of worship soul you[.kā] then original sanskar be[pres.sg.23] - blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
124O worthy of worship souls, it is your natural sanskar to give blessings.
115अनादि संस्कार है दुआ देना . anādi saṅskār hai duā dēnā . anādi[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . eternal sanskar be[pres.sg.23] blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
125It is your eternal sanskar to give blessings.
116जब आपके जड़ चित्र भी दुआ दे रहे हैं तो आप चैतन्य पूज्य आत्मायें दुआ देना यह तो नेचुरल संस्कार है . jab āpkē jaṛ chitra bhī duā dē rahē haĩ tō āp chaitanya pūjya ātmāyē̃ duā dēnā yah tō natural saṅskār hai . jab āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō natural saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when you[.kē] (x|non-conscious|stud[root]) picture too blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then you living worthy of worship soul blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] this then natural sanskar be[pres.sg.23] .
126When your non-living images are giving blessings, then, for you worthy-of-worship souls in the living form, it should be a natural sanskar to give blessings.
117इसको कहो मेरा संस्कार . iskō kahō mērā saṅskār . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] . this[.kō] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I[.kā] sanskar .
127For this, you can say, "my sanskar".
118मध्य द्वापर के संस्कार नेचुरल हो गया है . madhya dvāpar K|kē saṅskār natural hō gayā hai . madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvāpar K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] natural hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . middle copper age (K|of) sanskar natural be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
128The sanskars of the middle period, of the copper age, have become natural.
119नेचर हो गया है . nature hō gayā hai . nature hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . nature be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
129They have become your nature.
120वास्तव में यह संस्कार दुआ देने का नेचुरल नेचर है . vāstav mē̃ yah saṅskār duā dēnē kā natural nature hai . vāstav mē̃[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] natural nature[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x this sanskar blessing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of natural nature be[pres.sg.23] .
130In fact, the sanskar of giving blessings is your natural nature.
121जब किसी को दुआ देते हैं , तो वह आत्मा कितनी खुश होती है , वह खुशी का वायुमण्डल कितना सुखदाई होता है ! jab kisī kō duā dētē haĩ , tō vah ātmā kitnī khuśh hōtī hai , vah khuśhī kā vāyumaṇḍal kitnā sukhdāī hōtā hai ! jab kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukhdāī, sukhdāyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! when (some|anything) to blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then that soul so happy be[pres.sg.f.23] , that happiness of atmosphere so giving happiness be[pres.sg.m.23] !
131When you give blessings to someone, that soul becomes so happy. 132That atmosphere of happiness gives so much happiness.
122तो जिन्होंने भी किया है उन सबको , चाहे आये हैं , चाहे नहीं आये हैं , लेकिन बापदादा के सामने हैं . tō jinhōnnē bhī kiyā hai un sabkō , chāhē āyē haĩ , chāhē nahī̃ āyē haĩ , lēkin bāpdādā K|kē sāmnē haĩ . tō jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō , chāhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+ānā] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then that[.nē] too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that everything , x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+ānā] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , but BapDada (K|of) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
133So, whoever has done their homework - whether you have come here or not, you are in front of BapDada - congratulations!
123तो उन्हों को बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō unhō̃ kō bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then that to BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
134BapDada is congratulating those children.
124किया है और अपनी नेचुरल नेचर बनाते हुए आगे भी करते , कराते रहना . kiyā hai aur apnī natural nature banātē huē āgē bhī kartē , karātē rahnā . karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] natural nature[x] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āgē bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , karānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and one’s own natural nature create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] previously too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , make commit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
135You have done it and making it your natural nature. 136Continue to do it and inspire others to do the same.
125और जिन्होंने थोड़ा बहुत किया भी है , नहीं भी किया है तो वह सभी अपने को सदा मैं पूज्य आत्मा हूँ , मैं बाप की श्रीमत पर चलने वाली विशेष आत्मा हूँ , इस स्मृति को बार-बार अपनी स्मृति और स्वरूप में लाना क्योंकि हर एक से जब पूछते हैं कि आप क्या बनने वाले हो ? aur jinhōnnē thōṛā bahut kiyā bhī hai , nahī̃ bhī kiyā hai tō vah sabhī apnē kō sadā maĩ pūjya ātmā hū̃ , maĩ bāp key|kī śhrīmat par chalnē vālī viśhēṣh ātmā hū̃ , is smr̥iti kō bār-bār apnī smr̥iti aur svarūp mē̃ lānā kyōṅki har ēk sē jab pūchhtē haĩ ki āp kyā bannē vālē hō ? aur jō[pn.pl.nē] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sadā maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] aur svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki har ēk[x] sē[postp.] jab pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] kyā bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? and that[.nē] short very do[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , not too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then that all one’s own to constantly I worthy of worship soul be[pres.sg.1] , I father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) shrimat (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who special soul be[pres.sg.1] , this awareness to time one’s own awareness and form in x[inf.m.sg.d.] because each one from when ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you what become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 126तो सब कहते हैं हम लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनने वाले हैं . tō sab kahtē haĩ ham lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ bannē vālē haĩ . tō sab[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we Lakshmi and Narayan become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
137Those who have done their homework a little or not done it at all - all of you should always have the awareness "I am a worthy-of-worship soul" "I am a special soul who is the following the Father's shrimat". 138Repeatedly bring this awareness into your consciousness and your form because when each one of you is asked what you are going to become, all of you say: I will become Lakshmi and Narayan.
127राम-सीता में कोई नहीं हाथ उठाता . rām-sītā mē̃ kōī nahī̃ hāth uṭhātā . rām-sītā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x in some not hand uplift[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
139None of you raises your hand for becoming Rama and Sita.
128जब लक्ष्य है , 16 कला बनने का . jab lakṣhya hai , 16 kalā bannē kā . jab lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 16 kalā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . when aim be[pres.sg.23] , 16 degree become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of . 129तो 16 कला अर्थात् परमपूज्य , पूज्य आतमा का कर्तव्य ही है दुआ देना . tō 16 kalā arthāt parampūjya , pūjya ātamā kā kartavya hī hai duā dēnā . tō 16 kalā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt parampūjya[adj.] , pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then 16 degree that is x , worthy of worship soul of activity only be[pres.sg.23] blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
140Since you have the aim of becoming sixteen celestial degrees full, then sixteen celestial degrees means supremely worthy of worship. 141The duty of a worthy-of-worship soul is to give blessings.
130यह संस्कार चलते फिरते सहज और सदा के लिए बनाओ . yah saṅskār chaltē phirtē sahaj aur sadā kē liē banāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sahaj[adj.] aur sadā kē liē[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this sanskar continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] easy and constantly for create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
142While walking and moving around, make this your sanskar easily and constantly.
131हो ही पूज्य . hō hī pūjya . hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] pūjya[adj.] . (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only worthy of worship .
143You are worthy of worship.
132हो ही 16 कला . hō hī 16 kalā . hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] 16 kalā[n.f.;sg.] . (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only 16 degree . 133लक्ष्य तो यही है ना ! lakṣhya tō yahī hai nā ! lakṣhya[adj.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! aim then this be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
144You are sixteen celestial degrees full; this is your aim, is it not?
134बापदादा खुश है कि जिन्होंने भी किया है , उन्होंने अपने मस्तक में विजय का तिलक बाप द्वारा लगा दिया . bāpdādā khuśh hai ki jinhōnnē bhī kiyā hai , unhōnnē apnē mastak mē̃ vijay kā tilak bāp dvārā lagā diyā . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.nē] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that that[.nē] too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.nē] one’s own forehead in victory of tilak father through (x[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|attach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .
145BapDada is pleased that all those who have done the homework have the tilak of victory on their forehead applied by the Father.
135साथ में सेवा के समाचार भी बापदादा के पास सबकी तरफ से , वर्गो की तरफ से , सेन्टर्स की तरफ से बहुत अच्छी रिजल्ट सहित पहुंच गये हैं . sāth mē̃ sēvā K|kē samāchār bhī bāpdādā kē pās sabkī taraph sē , vargō key|kī taraph sē , centres key|kī taraph sē bahut achchhī result sahit pahuñch gayē haĩ . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , centre key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result sahit pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . with in service (K|of) news too BapDada to everyone's direction from , profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from , centre (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from very achcha result including reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
146Together with that, BapDada also received the service news from everywhere - from the different wings, from the centres. 147They have arrived here with very good results.
136तो एक होमवर्क करने की मुबारक और साथ में सेवा की भी मुबारक . tō ēk homework karnē key|kī mubārak aur sāth mē̃ sēvā key|kī bhī mubārak . tō ēk[adj.] home work karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then one homework do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations and with in service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too congratulations .
148So, firstly, congratulations for doing your homework, and, together with that, congratulations for the service you have done.
137पदम-पदमगुणा है . padam-padamguṇā hai . padamguṇā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . multimillion-fold be[pres.sg.23] .
149Multi-multimillion-fold congratulations!
138बाप ने देखा कि गांव-गांव में सन्देश देने की सेवा बहुत अच्छे तरीके से मैजॉरिटी एरिया में की है , तो यह सेवा भी रहमदिल बनकर सेवा के उमंग-उत्साह में रिजल्ट भी अच्छी दिखाई दी है . bāp nē dēkhā ki gānv-gānv mē̃ sandēśh dēnē key|kī sēvā bahut achchhē tarīkē sē majority area mē̃ kī hai , tō yah sēvā bhī merciful bankar sēvā K|kē umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ result bhī achchhī dikhāī dī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] majority area mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] merciful bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dikhāī dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . father ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that village in message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service very achcha method from majority x in do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , then this service too merciful become[abs.] service (K|of) zeal and enthusiasm in result too achcha be visible .
150The Father saw that you did the service of giving Baba's message to all the villages in a very good way, in the majority of areas. 151So, by your being merciful and having zeal and enthusiasm for service, the result of that service is very good.
139जिन्होंने भी मेहनत नहीं , लेकिन बाप से प्यार अर्थात् सन्देश देने से प्यार , तो प्यार के मुहब्बत में सेवा की है तो बाप की भी पदम पदमगुणा प्यार का रिटर्न सब सेवाधारियों को स्वतः ही प्राप्त है , होगा . jinhōnnē bhī mēhnat nahī̃ , lēkin bāp sē pyār arthāt sandēśh dēnē sē pyār , tō pyār K|kē muhabbat mē̃ sēvā kī hai tō bāp key|kī bhī padam padamguṇā pyār kā return sab sēvādhāriyō̃ kō svataḥ hī prāpt hai , hōgā . jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return sab[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that[.nē] too effort not , but father from love that is message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] from love , then love (K|of) love in service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too multimillion multimillion-fold love of return all server to automatically only reached be[pres.sg.23] , be[fut.m.sg.23] .
152To all those who worked hard - it wasn't hard work - but to have love for the Father means to have love for giving the message. 153So those who have done service out of love for the Father, all of you serviceable souls automatically receive and will receive multi-multimillion return of love.
140साथ में सभी ने अपनी प्यारी दादी को बहुत स्नेह से याद करते हुए , दादी को प्यार का रिटर्न दे रहे हैं , यह प्यार की खुशबू बापदादा के पास बहुत अच्छी तरह से पहुंच गई है . sāth mē̃ sabhī nē apnī pyārī dādī kō bahut snēh sē yād kartē huē , dādī kō pyār kā return dē rahē haĩ , yah pyār key|kī khuśhbū bāpdādā kē pās bahut achchhī tarah sē pahuñch gaī hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bahut snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . with in all ∅ one’s own loving Dadi to very love from remembrance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , Dadi to love of return give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) fragrance BapDada to very achcha x from reach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
154Together with that, all of you, while remembering your beloved Dadiji with a lot of love, are giving a return of your love for Dadi. 155The fragrance of this love has reached BapDada very well.
141और अभी भी जो भी मधुबन में कार्य चल रहे हैं , चाहे विदेशियों के , चाहे भारत के वह सब कार्य भी एक दो के सहयोग , सम्मान के आधार से बहुत अच्छे सफल हुए हैं और आगे भी होने वाले कार्य सफल हुए पड़े हैं क्योंकि सफलता तो आपके गले का हार है . aur abhī bhī jō bhī madhuban mē̃ kārya chal rahē haĩ , chāhē vidēśhiyō̃ K|kē , chāhē bhārat K|kē vah sab kārya bhī ēk dō K|kē sahyōg , sammān K|kē ādhār sē bahut achchhē saphal huē haĩ aur āgē bhī hōnē vālē kārya saphal huē paṛē haĩ kyōṅki saphaltā tō āpkē galē kā hār hai . aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur āgē bhī[p.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+paṛnā] kyōṅki saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and now too that too Madhuban in task continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) foreigner (K|of) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Bharat (K|of) that all task too one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (K|of) cooperation , respect (K|of) basis from very achcha successful be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and previously too be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who task successful be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+paṛnā] because success then you[.kē] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) of (x[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] .
156Even now, all the work that is taking place in Madhuban, whether of the foreigners or of those from Bharat, all of that work is being carried out successfully on the basis of co-operation and regard for one another, and the work that is going to take place in the future is also already guaranteed to be successful because success is the garland around your neck.
142बाप के गले के भी हार हो , बाप ने याद दिलाया था कि कभी भी हार खाना नहीं क्योंकि आप बाप के गले के हार हो . bāp K|kē galē K|kē bhī hār hō , bāp nē yād dilāyā thā ki kabhī bhī hār khānā nahī̃ kyōṅki āp bāp K|kē galē K|kē hār hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] yād dilānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father (K|of) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) (K|of) too (x[root]|x) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , father ∅ remind that ever too (x[root]|x) (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) not because you father (K|of) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) (K|of) (x[root]|x) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
157You are also the garland around Baba's neck. 158The Father had reminded you that you must never be defeated (haar na - to be defeated) because you are the garland (haar) around Baba's neck.
143तो गले का हार कभी हार नहीं खा सकता . tō galē kā hār kabhī hār nahī̃ khā saktā . tō galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) of (x[root]|x) ever (x[root]|x) not eat[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
159Those who are the garland around the neck can never be defeated.
144तो हार बनना है या हार खानी है ? tō hār bannā hai yā hār khānī hai ? tō hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then (x[root]|x) become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or (x[root]|x) eat[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
160Do you want to become the garland or do you want to be defeated?
145नहीं ना ! nahī̃ nā ! nahī̃[neg] nā ! not ∅ !
161You don't want to be defeated, do you?
146हार बनना अच्छा है ना ! hār bannā achchhā hai nā ! hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! (x[root]|x) become[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
162It is good to be a garland, is it not?
147तो हार कभी नहीं खाना . tō hār kabhī nahī̃ khānā . tō hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then (x[root]|x) ever not (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) .
163So, never be defeated.
148हार खाने वाले तो अनेक करोड़ों आत्मायें हैं , आप हार बनके गले में पिरोये गये हो . hār khānē vālē tō anēk karōṛō̃ ātmāyē̃ haĩ , āp hār bankē galē mē̃ pirōyē gayē hō . hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō anēk[adj.] krōṛ[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] pirōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|pirōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.passive] . (x[root]|x) (eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]) those who then many 10 million soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you (x[root]|x) become[abs.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) in (be threaded[pres-perf.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|be threaded[pres-perf.pl.m.2.passive]) .
164Those who are defeated are the many millions of souls, but you have become the garland and are garlanded around Baba's neck.
149ऐसे है ना ! aisē hai nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
165It is like this, is it not?
150तो संकल्प करो बाप के प्यार में कितना भी माया तूफान सामने लाये लेकिन मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान आत्माओं के आगे तूफान भी तोहफा बन जायेगा . tō saṅkalp karō bāp K|kē pyār mē̃ kitnā bhī māyā tūphān sāmnē lāyē lēkin master sarvśhaktivān ātmāō̃ kē āgē tūphān bhī tōhphā ban jāyēgā . tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] tūphān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē lānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē āgē[x] tūphān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] tōhphā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father (K|of) love in so too Maya storm x x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but master Almighty Authority soul in front of storm too gift become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
166So, now have a determined thought: Out of love for the Father, no matter how many storms Maya brings in front of you, in front of you master almighty authority souls, even the storms (toofan) become a gift (tohfa).
151ऐसा वरदान सदा याद करो . aisā vardān sadā yād karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such blessing constantly remember .
167Always remember such a blessing.
152कितना भी ऊंचा पहाड़ हो , पहाड़ बदल के रूई बन जायेगा . kitnā bhī ūñchā pahāṛ hō , pahāṛ badal K|kē rūī ban jāyēgā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . so too elevated x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (x|change[root]) (K|of) x become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
168No matter how big the mountain may be, it will turn into cotton wool.
153अभी समय की समीपता प्रमाण वरदानों को हर समय अनुभव में लाओ . abhī samay key|kī samīpatā pramāṇ vardānō̃ kō har|her samay anubhav mē̃ lāō . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) closeness (under) blessing to (x[root]|x) time experience in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
169Now, according to the closeness of time, experience the blessings at every moment.
154अनुभव की अथॉरिटी बनो . anubhav key|kī authority banō . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] authority bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) authority become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
170Become an authority of experience.
155जब चाहो तब अपने अशरीरी बनने की , फरिश्ता स्वरूप बनने की एक्सरसाइज करते रहो . jab chāhō tab apnē aśharīrī bannē key|kī , phariśhtā svarūp bannē key|kī exercise kartē rahō . jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] exercise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] for only then one’s own bodiless become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , angel form become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) exercise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
171Whenever you want, continue to perform the exercise of becoming bodiless, of becoming an angelic form.
156अभी-अभी ब्राह्मण , अभी-अभी फरिश्ता , अभी-अभी अशरीरी , चलते फिरते , कामकाज करते हुए भी एक मिनट , दो मिनट निकाल अभ्यास करो . abhī-abhī brāhmaṇ , abhī-abhī phariśhtā , abhī-abhī aśharīrī , chaltē phirtē , kāmkāj kartē huē bhī ēk minute , dō minute nikāl abhyās karō . ab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ab[adv.hī] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] aśharīrī[adj.] , chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kām kāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] minute , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] minute nikālnā[root] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now Brahmin , now angel , now bodiless , continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , work do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too one minute , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) minute x[root] practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
172One moment a Brahmin, one moment an angel, one moment bodiless. 173While walking and moving around, even while doing your work, take one or two minutes to practise this.
157चेक करो जो संकल्प किया , वही स्वरूप अनुभव किया ? check karō jō saṅkalp kiyā , vahī svarūp anubhav kiyā ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vahī svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this form experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
174Check: Whatever thought I had, did I experience being that form?
158अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
175Achcha.
159चारों ओर के सदा श्रेष्ठ स्वमानधारी , सदा स्वयं को परमपूज्य और पूर्वज अनुभव करने वाले , सदा अपने को हर सबजेक्ट में अनुभवी स्वरूप बनाने वाले , सदा बाप के दिलतख्त नशीन , भृकुटी के तख्तनशीन , सदा श्रेष्ठ स्थिति के अनुभवों में स्थित रहने वाले , चारों ओर के सभी बच्चों को यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē sadā śhrēṣhṭh svamāndhārī , sadā svayã kō parampūjya aur pūrvaj anubhav karnē vālē , sadā apnē kō har|her subject mē̃ anubhavī svarūp banānē vālē , sadā bāp K|kē diltakhta naśhīn , bhr̥ikuṭī K|kē takhtnaśhīn , sadā śhrēṣhṭh sthiti K|kē anubhavō̃ mē̃ sthit rahnē vālē , chārō̃ ōr K|kē sabhī bachchō̃ kō yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamāndhārī[adj.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] parampūjya[adj.] aur pūrvaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her subject mē̃[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] , bhrakuṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] , sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (K|of) constantly elevated those with self-respect , constantly x to x and ancestor experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly one’s own to (x[root]|x) subject in experienced form create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly father (K|of) heart throne seated , forehead (K|of) seated on the throne , constantly elevated stage (K|of) experience in stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , everywhere (K|of) all child to love, remembrance and x .
176To all the children from everywhere who are always in their elevated self-respect; to those who always experience themselves to be supremely worthy of worship and ancestors, to those who always make themselves an embodiment of experience in every subject, to those who are always seated on the Father's heart-throne and on the throne of the forehead, to those who are always stable in the experience of the elevated stage, to all the children from everywhere, love, remembrance and namaste.
160सभी तरफ से सभी के पत्र , ईमेल , समाचार सभी बापदादा के पास पहुंच गये हैं , तो सेवा का फल और बल , सभी सेवाधारियों को प्राप्त है और होता रहेगा . sabhī taraph sē sabhī K|kē patra , email , samāchār sabhī bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch gayē haĩ , tō sēvā kā phal aur bal , sabhī sēvādhāriyō̃ kō prāpt hai aur hōtā rahēgā . sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , email , samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sab[adv.hī] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . all direction from all (K|of) x , e-mail , news all BapDada to reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , then service of fruit and strength , all server to reached be[pres.sg.23] and be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
177Baba has received many letters, e-mails, news from everywhere. 178All the serviceable souls have received the fruit and power of service and will continue to receive it.
161प्यार के पत्र भी बहुत आते हैं , परिवर्तन के पत्र भी बहुत आते हैं . pyār K|kē patra bhī bahut ātē haĩ , parivartan K|kē patra bhī bahut ātē haĩ . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . love (K|of) x too very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , transformation (K|of) x too very come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
179Baba receives so many letters of love and of their transformation.
162परिवर्तन की शक्ति वालों को बापदादा अमर भव का वरदान दे रहे हैं . parivartan key|kī śhakti vālō̃ kō bāpdādā amar bhav kā vardān dē rahē haĩ . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā amar[adj.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . transformation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti those who to BapDada immortal (may you be|x) of blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
180To those who have the power of transformation, BapDada is giving them the blessing "May you be immortal!"
163सेवाधारियों को जिन्होंने बहुत श्रीमत को फॉलो किया है , ऐसे फॉलो करने वाले बच्चों को बापदादा सदा फरमानबरदार बच्चे वाह ! sēvādhāriyō̃ kō jinhōnnē bahut śhrīmat kō follow kiyā hai , aisē follow karnē vālē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā sadā pharmānbardār bachchē vāh ! sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.pl.nē] bahut śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā sadā farmānbardār[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! server to that[.nē] very shrimat to follow do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to BapDada constantly obedient child wah! !
181To the serviceable souls who have followed shrimat very well, to such children who have followed the Father, BapDada is giving them the blessing, "Wah My obedient children! wah!"
164यह वरदान दे रहे हैं और प्यार वालों को बहुत-बहुत प्यार से दिल में समाने वाले अति प्यारे और अति माया के विघ्नों से न्यारे ऐसा वरदान दे रहे हैं . yah vardān dē rahē haĩ aur pyār vālō̃ kō bahut-bahut pyār sē dil mē̃ samānē vālē ati pyārē aur ati māyā K|kē vighnō̃ sē nyārē aisā vardān dē rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur ati māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and love those who to very love from heart in merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x loving and x Maya (K|of) obstacle from unique such blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
182And to those who have love for Baba, who have merged the Father in their heart with a lot of love, Baba is giving them the blessing: May you be extremely lovely and detached from the obstacles of Maya.
165अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
183Achcha.
166सेवा का टर्न कर्नाटक जोन का है : सभी के हाथ में झण्डे झण्डियां हैं , सभी झण्डियों तो बहुत अच्छी हिला रहे हैं , अच्छा है . sēvā kā turn karnāṭak zone kā hai : sabhī K|kē hāth mē̃ jhaṇḍē jhaṇḍiyā̃ haĩ , sabhī jhaṇḍiyō̃ tō bahut achchhī hilā rahē haĩ , achchhā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of you Karnataka zone of be[pres.sg.23] : all (K|of) hand in flag flag be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all flag then very achcha make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
184This time, Karnataka Zone served everyone (All from Karnataka are holding flags): All of you are waving your flags very well. 185It is good.
167कर्नाटक वालो ने प्रोग्राम भी बहुत अच्छा स्वार्णिम कर्नाटक ऐसा किया है ना . karnāṭak vālō nē programme bhī bahut achchhā svārṇim karnāṭak aisā kiyā hai nā . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] programme bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarṇim[adj.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . Karnataka those who ∅ programme too very achcha golden Karnataka such do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
186Those from Karnataka have had a very good programme of making Karnataka golden.
168तो यह प्रोग्राम भी बापदादा ने भिन्न-भिन्न स्थानों का देखा भी है , सुना भी है और मैजारिटी ने अच्छे उमंग-उत्साह से गांव-गांव में बापदादा का सन्देश पहुंचाया है . tō yah programme bhī bāpdādā nē bhinn-bhinn sthānō̃ kā dēkhā bhī hai , sunā bhī hai aur majority nē achchhē umaṅg-utsāh sē gānv-gānv mē̃ bāpdādā kā sandēśh pahuñchāyā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] programme bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur majority nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then this programme too BapDada ∅ different place of see[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) too be[pres.sg.23] and majority ∅ achcha zeal and enthusiasm from village in BapDada of message cause to reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
187BapDada has seen and heard about this programme at the different places. 188The majority of you have given BapDada's message to the villages with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.
169इसीलिए बापदादा कर्नाटक के सेवाधारियों को बहुत-बहुत सेवा की और श्रीमत के पालन करने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . isīliē bāpdādā karnāṭak K|kē sēvādhāriyō̃ kō bahut-bahut sēvā key|kī aur śhrīmat K|kē pālan karnē key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . isīliē bāpdādā karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pālan[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x BapDada Karnataka (K|of) server to very service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and shrimat (K|of) x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
189This is why BapDada is giving the servers from Karnataka many, many congratulations for service and for following shrimat.
170मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
190Congratulations! 191Congratulations!
171अच्छा है , सेवा का जो चांस लिया है वह भी सभी सन्तुष्ट है और सन्तुष्ट किया है , इससे अपने जमा का खाता बहुत अच्छा जमा किया है . achchhā hai , sēvā kā jō chance liyā hai vah bhī sabhī santuṣhṭ hai aur santuṣhṭ kiyā hai , issē apnē jamā kā khātā bahut achchhā jamā kiyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] chance lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.sē] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamā kā khātā[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , service of that chance take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too all content be[pres.sg.23] and content do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this[.sē] one’s own saving account very achcha accumulate .
192It is good. 193All those who have taken the chance for service are content and have made everyone content, and by doing so, you have accumulated very well in your account of accumulation.
172कर्नाटक की संख्या भी कम नहीं है , संख्या अच्छी है और जैसे अभी संगठित रूप में मिलकर निर्विघ्न सेवा का रिकार्ड दिखाया है , ऐसे ही आगे भी कर्नाटक संगठित रूप में बहुत कुछ कमाल कर सकते हैं . karnāṭak key|kī saṅkhyā bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hai , saṅkhyā achchhī hai aur jaisē abhī saṅgaṭhit rūp mē̃ milkar nirvighna sēvā kā record dikhāyā hai , aisē hī āgē bhī karnāṭak saṅgaṭhit rūp mē̃ bahut kuchh kamāl kar saktē haĩ . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] saṅgaṭhit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[abs.] nirvighna[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āgē bhī[p.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgaṭhit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut kuchh kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . Karnataka (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x too (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] , x achcha be[pres.sg.23] and like now x Rup in receive[abs.] free from obstacles service of record x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such only previously too Karnataka x Rup in very anything x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
194The numbers from Karnataka are not small. 195You are a good number and just as you have shown the record of doing service that is free from obstacles by all of you working together, in the same way, in the future too, Karnataka can perform many wonders.
173बापदादा के पास नक्शा है , कमाल कर सकते हैं . bāpdādā kē pās nakśhā hai , kamāl kar saktē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . BapDada to map be[pres.sg.23] , x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
196BapDada has the plan; you can perform wonders.
174इसलिए संगठित रूप का जलवा दिखाना . isliē saṅgaṭhit rūp kā jalvā dikhānā . isliē saṅgaṭhit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore x Rup of sparkle x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
197Therefore, show the splendour in a collective way.
175अभी अच्छा किया है . abhī achchhā kiyā hai . ab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
198You have done well now.
176सारा परिवार कर्नाटक पर खुश है . sārā parivār karnāṭak par khuśh hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole family Karnataka (at|other) happy be[pres.sg.23] .
199The whole family is happy with Karnataka.
177अच्छा - बापदादा ने कर्नाटक वालों को काम दिया था , याद है . achchhā - bāpdādā nē karnāṭak vālō̃ kō kām diyā thā , yād hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - bāpdādā nē[postp.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha - BapDada ∅ Karnataka those who to (task|lust) give[past-perf.m.sg.] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] . 178क्या दिया था ! kyā diyā thā ! kyā dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ! what give[past-perf.m.sg.] !
200Achcha. 201BapDada gave those from Karnataka something to do; do you remember what Baba asked you to do?
179वारिस क्वालिटी निकाले के लिए , याद है ? vāris quality nikālē kē liē , yād hai ? vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikālnā[opt.sg.23] kē liē[x] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? heir x (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) for , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
202BapDada asked you to make heir-quality souls emerge. 203Do you remember?
180सेवा में तो नम्बर लिया अच्छा , अभी इतने वारिस निकालो जो नम्बरवन आ जाओ . sēvā mē̃ tō number liyā achchhā , abhī itnē vāris nikālō jō number one ā jāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō number lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] number one ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . service in then number take[past-part.m.sg.d.] achcha , now such heir x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that number one come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
204You claimed a good number in service. 205Now, make so many heirs emerge that you claim number one.
181जो निमित्त हैं वह तो हैं , नये नये निकालो . jō nimitt haĩ vah tō haĩ , nayē nayē nikālō . jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , new new x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
206Those who are instruments are there already, but now find new ones.
182तो बापदादा सभी बच्चों को देख खुश है . tō bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hai . tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada all child to see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
207BapDada is pleased to see all the children.
183आप भी खुश है , बाप भी खुश है . āp bhī khuśh hai , bāp bhī khuśh hai . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you too happy be[pres.sg.23] , father too happy be[pres.sg.23] .
208You are happy and the Father is happy.
184जितना आप बाप को देखकर खुश होते हैं , उससे ज्यादा बच्चों को देख बाप खुश होते हैं . jitnā āp bāp kō dēkhkar khuśh hōtē haĩ , ussē jyādā bachchō̃ kō dēkh bāp khuśh hōtē haĩ . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.sē] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . the more you father to see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.sē] more child to see[root] father happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
209To the extent that you are happy to see the Father, the Father is even more pleased to see the children.
185 ( कर्नाटक ने शुरू से अच्छे अच्छे वारिस निकाले हैं ) अभी और भी निकालेंगे . ( karnāṭak nē śhurū sē achchhē achchhē vāris nikālē haĩ ) abhī aur bhī nikālē̃gē . ( karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] nikālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( Karnataka ∅ beginning from achcha achcha heir x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) now and too x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
210(Dadi Janki told Baba that those from Karnataka had made many good heirs emerge in the beginning.) 211Now, they will find even more heirs.
186ह्दयपुष्पा को रिटर्न तो देंगे ना . hdayapuṣpā kō return tō dēgē nā . x kō[postp.] return tō dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . x to return then give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
212You will give the return to Hriday Pushpa, will you not?
187एडवांस पार्टी में वह भी वतन में इमर्ज होती है ना तो सब समाचार सुनते हैं . advance party mē̃ vah bhī vatan mē̃ emerge hōtī hai nā tō sab samāchār suntē haĩ . advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō sab[adj.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . advance party in that too world in emerge be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then all news listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
213Even she emerges in the subtle region with the advance party and so she hears all the news.
188उसने अच्छे अच्छे वारिस निकाले हैं . usnē achchhē achchhē vāris nikālē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.nē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that[.nē] achcha achcha heir x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
214She made many good heirs emerge.
189लेकिन नम्बरवन वारिस निकालने में अभी नम्बरवन . lēkin number one vāris nikālnē mē̃ abhī number one . lēkin number one vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] number one . but number one heir x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in now number one .
215However, now become number one in making number one heir souls emerge.
190पहले के तो हैं ही , है ना हिम्मत . pahlē K|kē tō haĩ hī , hai nā himmat . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x|firstly) (K|of) then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only , be[pres.sg.23] ∅ courage .
216The ones from before are still there anyway; do you have that courage?
191टीचर्स हिम्मत है ? teachers himmat hai ? teacher himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? teacher courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
217Teachers, do you have courage?
192हाथ उठाओ , हिम्मत है ? hāth uṭhāō , himmat hai ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? raise your hands , courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
218Raise your hands! 219Do you have that courage?
193सभी में हिम्मत है , बहुत हिम्मत है . sabhī mē̃ himmat hai , bahut himmat hai . sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all in courage be[pres.sg.23] , very courage be[pres.sg.23] .
220All of you have courage, you have a lot of courage.
194तो बाप की भी बहुत-बहुत मदद है . tō bāp key|kī bhī bahut-bahut madad hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] bahut madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too very x be[pres.sg.23] .
221And so you also receive a lot of help from the Father.
195अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
222It is good.
196सेवा भी अच्छी की है , फर्स्ट टर्न मिला है . sēvā bhī achchhī kī hai , first turn milā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , first[adj.] tum milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . service too achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , first you receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
223You have done good service; you have been given the first turn.
197फर्स्ट टर्न में सब बात में फास्ट , तीव्र पुरूषार्थ . first turn mē̃ sab bāt mē̃ fast , tīvr purūṣhārth . first[adj.] tum mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] fast , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth . first you in all matter in fast , intense effort .
224In the first turn, be fast in everything, make intense effort.
198अच्छा - सबने बहुत दिल से सेवा की ना . achchhā - sabnē bahut dil sē sēvā key|kī nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sabnē bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nā . achcha - x very heart from service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ∅ .
225Achcha. 226All of you have done service with your heart.
199थकावट तो नहीं हुई ? thakāvaṭ tō nahī̃ huī ? thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] ? tiredness then not be[past-part.f.] ?
227You weren't tired, were you?
200थके नहीं ना ! thakē nahī̃ nā ! thaknā, phathaknā[opt.sg.23]|thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] nā ! (become desperate[opt.sg.23]|become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) not ∅ !
228You are not tired, are you?
201अथक बनके सेवा की . athak bankē sēvā key|kī . athak[adj.] bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . x become[abs.] service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
229You served tirelessly. .
202अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
230Achcha.
203डबल विदेशी , 60 देशों से 600 आये हैं : अभी बापदादा ने देखा है कि विदेश में भी सेवा का उमंग अच्छा बढ़ रहा है . double vidēśhī , 60 dēśhō̃ sē 600 āyē haĩ : abhī bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki vidēśh mē̃ bhī sēvā kā umaṅg achchhā baṛh rahā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , 60 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] 600 ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . double foreigner , 60 land from 600 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : now BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that abroad in too service of zeal achcha grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
231600 double foreigners from 60 countries have come: BapDada has seen that enthusiasm for service is now also increasing in the foreign lands.
204पहले कहते थे विदेश में स्टूडेन्ट बनना बड़ा मुश्किल है और अभी क्या है ? pahlē kahtē thē vidēśh mē̃ student bannā baṛā muśhkil hai aur abhī kyā hai ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] student bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ab[adv.hī] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (x|firstly) say[hab-past.pl.m.] abroad in student become[inf.m.sg.d.] very difficult be[pres.sg.23] and now what be[pres.sg.23] ?
232Earlier, you used to tell Baba that it was very difficult for the people abroad to become students. 233And what is it now?
205अभी मुश्किल है या सहज है ? abhī muśhkil hai yā sahaj hai ? ab[adv.hī] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now difficult be[pres.sg.23] or easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
234Now, is it difficult or easy?
206सहज है ? sahaj hai ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
235Is it easy?
207और बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगा कि आपस में मिलकर निर्विघ्न बनाने का प्लैन बनाया है और निर्विघ्न बनाने का प्लैन बहुत विधि पूर्वक निर्विघ्न बनाया है . aur bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagā ki āpas mē̃ milkar nirvighna banānē kā plan banāyā hai aur nirvighna banānē kā plan bahut vidhi pūrvak nirvighna banāyā hai . aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur nirvighna[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan bahut vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak nirvighna[adj.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and BapDada to very achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) that with each other receive[abs.] free from obstacles create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and free from obstacles create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of plan very method according to free from obstacles create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
236And BapDada liked is very much that all of you together have made a plan to make everything free from obstacles; you have made the plan to make everything free from obstacles very accurately according to the discipline without facing any obstacles.
208इसकी बहुत-बहुत मुबारक हो , पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . iskī bahut-bahut mubārak hō , padamguṇā mubārak hō . yah[pn.sg.kī] bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this[.kī] very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
237Many, many congratulations for that! 238Multi-million times congratulations!
209जो भी प्रोग्राम किये हैं वह बहुत सफल रहे हैं . jō bhī programme kiyē haĩ vah bahut saphal rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] programme karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut saphal[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that too programme do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that very successful remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
239All the programmes that you have done were very successful.
210तो सदा सफलता की मुबारक है और सदा मुबारक पात्र रहेंगे . tō sadā saphaltā key|kī mubārak hai aur sadā mubārak pātr rahē̃gē . tō sadā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sadā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then constantly success (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] and constantly congratulations worthy of receiving remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
240So, you always have congratulations for your success and you will always remain worthy of receiving congratulations.
211बापदादा को सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष फल देख करके भी खुशी है . bāpdādā kō sēvā kā pratyakṣha phal dēkh karkē bhī khuśhī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to service of visible fruit see[root] do[abs.] too happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
241BapDada is pleased to see the practical and visible fruit of service.
212यह काल आफ टाइम के आये हैं ना ! yah kāl of|off time K|kē āyē haĩ nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] kal of|off time K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! this x (of|x) time (K|of) come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
242All of these have come for the Call of Time, have they not?
213हाथ उठाओ जो काल आफ टाइम में आये हैं . hāth uṭhāō jō kāl of|off time mē̃ āyē haĩ . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kal of|off time mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . raise your hands that x (of|x) time in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
243Those who have come for the Call of Time, raise your hands!
214अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
244Good.
215बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
245You did very well.
216बहुत चतुर हैं . bahut chatur haĩ . bahut chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
246You are very clever.
217पहले ही आ गये हैं . pahlē hī ā gayē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (x|firstly) only come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
247You came here in advance (of this meeting).
218अच्छा किया , बाप को भी बहुत प्यारे हो . achchhā kiyā , bāp kō bhī bahut pyārē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , father to too very loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
248You did well. 249You are very much loved by the Father too.
219और आपका भी बाप से प्यार है इसीलिए पहुंच गये हो . aur āpkā bhī bāp sē pyār hai isīliē pahuñch gayē hō . aur āp[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . and you[.kā] too father from love be[pres.sg.23] x reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
250And you also have love for the Father and this is why you arrived here.
220तो सभी ब्राह्मण परिवार की तरफ से , बाप की तरफ से भी आप एक एक को पदमगुणा मुबारक है , मुबारक है , मुबारक है . tō sabhī brāhmaṇ parivār key|kī taraph sē , bāp key|kī taraph sē bhī āp ēk ēk kō padamguṇā mubārak hai , mubārak hai , mubārak hai . tō sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all Brahmin family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from , father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from too you one one to multimillion-fold congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
251So, multimillion-fold congratulations, congratulations, congratulations on behalf of the whole Brahmin family and also from the Father to each one of you.
221अच्छा है यह सभी बहुत अच्छे फॉरेन सेवा के लिए माइक और बच्चे दोनों पार्ट बजायेंगे . achchhā hai yah sabhī bahut achchhē foreign sēvā kē liē mike aur bachchē dōnō̃ part bajāyēṅgē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] mike aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dōnō̃ part bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] this all very achcha abroad service for mike and child x play one's part .
252It is good that you will play both the parts of being a mike in the service abroad and also a child.
222बच्चों का भी पार्ट बजायेंगे और माइक और लाइट बनके सेवा में और वृद्धि को प्राप्त करायेंगे . bachchō̃ kā bhī part bajāyēṅgē aur mike aur light bankē sēvā mē̃ aur vr̥iddhi kō prāpt karāyēṅgē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] part bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur mike aur light bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aur vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . child of too play one's part and mike and light become[abs.] service in and growth to reached make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
253You will play the part of a child and by being a mike and being light you will bring about progress in service.
223तो सभी ब्राह्मणों की तरफ से , बाप की तरफ से आप सबको मुबारक हो . tō sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ key|kī taraph sē , bāp key|kī taraph sē āp sabkō mubārak hō . tō sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then all Brahmin (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from , father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from you everything congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
254So, congratulations, congratulations to all of you on behalf of all the Brahmins and from the Father.
224अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
255It is good.
225इस ईश्वरीय नॉलेज की प्रोपोगण्डा अब विदेश में भी निमित्त बनके कर रहे हो . is īśhvarīy knowledge key|kī propaganda ab vidēśh mē̃ bhī nimitt bankē kar rahē hō . yah[pn.sg.o.] īśhvarīy[adj.] knowledge key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] propaganda ab[adv.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . this Godly knowledge (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) propaganda now abroad in too instrument become[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
256Being instruments abroad you are doing the propaganda (publicity) of this Godly knowledge.
226अभी वहाँ भी आवाज फैल रहा है , अच्छी तरह से फैल रहा है और ड्रामानुसार आप सबकी और बाप की प्यारी दादी के निमित्त भी चारों ओर ब्राह्मण परिवार का बाप का नाम अच्छा प्रत्यक्ष हो गया है . abhī vahā̃ bhī āvāj phail rahā hai , achchhī tarah sē phail rahā hai aur ḍrāmānusār āp sabkī aur bāp key|kī pyārī dādī kē nimitt bhī chārō̃ ōr brāhmaṇ parivār kā bāp kā nām achchhā pratyakṣha hō gayā hai . ab[adv.hī] vahā̃ bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur ḍrāmānusār āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now there too noise spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , achcha x from spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and x you everyone's and father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) loving Dadi x too everywhere Brahmin family of father of name achcha visible be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
257Now, the sound is spreading abroad too; it is spreading very well. 258According to the drama, because of the very much loved Dadi of all of you and of Baba, the name of the Father of the Brahmin family has been revealed very well everywhere.
227दादी ने नाम प्रत्यक्ष किया , नाम और काम दो चीज़ होती हैं तो दादी ने नाम बहुत अच्छा फैलाया , अभी उन आत्माओं को अपना बनाना यह काम आपका है . dādī nē nām pratyakṣha kiyā , nām aur kām dō chīz hōtī haĩ tō dādī nē nām bahut achchhā phailāyā , abhī un ātmāō̃ kō apnā banānā yah kām āpkā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi ∅ name visible do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , name and (task|lust) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) thing be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then Dadi ∅ name very achcha spread[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now that soul to (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[inf.m.sg.d.] this (task|lust) you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] .
259Dadi revealed the name; there are two things, the name and the task, and so Dadi has spread the name very well. 260Now, it is your duty to make those souls belong to you.
228बापदादा ने देखा कि जैसे अभी हर साल वृद्धि करके बाप के सामने ला रहे हो , ऐसे आगे भी ज्यादा से ज्यादा वृद्धि करते रहेंगे . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jaisē abhī har|her sāl vr̥iddhi karkē bāp K|kē sāmnē lā rahē hō , aisē āgē bhī jyādā sē jyādā vr̥iddhi kartē rahē̃gē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē lānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that like now (x[root]|x) year growth do[abs.] father (K|of) x x[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , such previously too more from more growth do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
261BapDada has seen that just as every year you create expansion and bring souls in front of the Father, in the same way, in the future too, you will continue to bring greater expansion.
229बाप और अपनी प्रत्यक्षता करते रहेंगे . bāp aur apnī pratyakṣhatā kartē rahē̃gē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . father and one’s own revelation do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
262You will continue to reveal the Father and yourselves.
230अच्छा ग्रुप है . achchhā group hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha group be[pres.sg.23] .
263It is a good group.
231सभी निश्चयबुद्धि और ईश्वरीय नशे में रहने वाले , उड़ने वाले हैं . sabhī niśhchaybuddhi aur īśhvarīy naśhē mē̃ rahnē vālē , uṛnē vālē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur īśhvarīy[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all intellect with faith and Godly intoxication in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
264All of you are those who have an intellect filled with faith; ones who have Godly intoxication and who fly.
232चलने वाले नहीं बनना , उड़ने वाले . chalnē vālē nahī̃ bannā , uṛnē vālē . chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
265Do not become those who walk, become those who fly.
233चलने वाले समय पर नहीं पहुंच सकेंगे , उड़ने वाले बनना . chalnē vālē samay par nahī̃ pahuñch sakē̃gē , uṛnē vālē bannā . chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who time (at|other) not reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
266Those who walk will not be able to reach their destination on time. 267Therefore, become those who fly.
234डबल लाइट . double light . double light[x] . double-light .
268Double light.
235बाकी बापदादा खुश है . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
269BapDada is pleased.
236जो किया वह सफल हो गया . jō kiyā vah saphal hō gayā . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . that do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that successful be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
270Whatever you did was successful.
237तो आप सब कौन हुए ? tō āp sab kaun huē ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then you all who be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
271So, who are all of you?
238सफलता के सितारे . saphaltā K|kē sitārē . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . success (K|of) star .
272Stars of success.
239अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
273It is good.
240बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
274Very good.
241पोलीटिशियन , महिला और सिक्युरिटी तीन विंग आई हैं : देखों कितने उमंग-उत्साह से सभी विंग सेवा कर रहे हैं . politician , mahilā aur security tīn wing āī haĩ : dēkhō̃ kitnē umaṅg-utsāh sē sabhī wing sēvā kar rahē haĩ . politician , mahilā[n.f.;sg.] aur security tīn[adj.] wing ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] wing sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . politician , woman and security x wing come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so zeal and enthusiasm from all wing service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
275Three wings are present: Politicians, Women and Security. 276Look how everyone is doing service in the wings with so much zeal and enthusiasm.
242तीनों की रिजल्ट अच्छी है . tīnō̃ key|kī result achchhī hai . tīnō̃[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all three (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
277The result of all three is good.
243गवर्मेन्ट में भी आवाज अच्छा फैल रहा है . government mē̃ bhī āvāj achchhā phail rahā hai . government mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . government in too noise achcha spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
278The sound is being spread in the government very well too.
244तो सेवा की है तभी आवाज फैल रहा है . tō sēvā kī hai tabhī āvāj phail rahā hai . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tabhī āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] x noise spread[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
279It is because you have done service that the sound is spreading.
245तो आपके वर्ग ने अच्छे प्लैन बनाके बाप की प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा अच्छा फैला रहे हैं . tō āpkē varg nē achchhē plan banākē bāp key|kī pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā achchhā phailā rahē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.kē] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then you[.kē] profession ∅ achcha plan create[abs.] father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) revelation of flag achcha spread[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
280So, your wings have made good plans; the flag of the Father's revelation is being hoisted very well.
246पहले तो कोई मुश्किल से आता था और अभी खुद कहते हैं हम भी आने चाहते हैं . pahlē tō kōī muśhkil sē ātā thā aur abhī khud kahtē haĩ ham bhī ānē chāhtē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[hab-past.m.sg.] aur ab[adv.hī] khud kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) then some difficult from come[hab-past.m.sg.] and now oneself say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we too (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
281Earlier, hardly anyone would come and now they themselves say that they want to come.
247फर्क हो गया ना . phark hō gayā nā . fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
282There is a difference now.
248अभी खुद ही कहते हैं कि आपके यहाँ कार्य बहुत अच्छा सफल होता है . abhī khud hī kahtē haĩ ki āpkē yahā̃ kārya bahut achchhā saphal hōtā hai . ab[adv.hī] khud hī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] yahā̃ kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now oneself only say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you[.kē] here task very achcha successful be[pres.sg.m.23] .
283They themselves now say that the programmes you have are very successful.
249तो अभी आंख खुलने शुरू हो गई है . tō abhī āṅkh khulnē śhurū hō gaī hai . tō ab[adv.hī] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . then now eye open up[inf.m.pl.,o.] x .
284So now their eyes have started to open.
250धीरे-धीरे आंख खुल जायेगी . dhīrē-dhīrē āṅkh khul jāyēgī . dhīrē āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . x eye open up[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
285Gradually their eyes will open.
251वैसे सभी वर्ग अपने अपने वर्ग में सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हैं . vaisē sabhī varg apnē apnē varg mē̃ sēvā achchhī kar rahē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x all profession one’s own one’s own profession in service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
286Those of all the wings are doing very good service in their own wing.
252महिला वर्ग भी कर रहा है , सिक्युरिटी वर्ग भी कर रहा है , पोलीटिशन भी कर रहा है . mahilā varg bhī kar rahā hai , security varg bhī kar rahā hai , politician bhī kar rahā hai . mahilā[n.f.;sg.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , security varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , politician bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . woman profession too do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , security profession too do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , politician too do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
287The Womens' Wing is doing it, the Security Wing is doing it, even the politicians are doing it.
253लेकिन बापदादा ने देखा है कि दिनप्रतिदिन वर्गो के प्रमाण सेवा करने का उमंग अच्छा बढ़ रहा है . lēkin bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki dinpratidin vargō K|kē pramāṇ sēvā karnē kā umaṅg achchhā baṛh rahā hai . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] pratidin varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . but BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that day by day profession (K|of) (under) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal achcha grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
288However, BapDada has seen that, day by day, according to the wings, their enthusiasm for serving in the wings is growing well.
254लोगों को रोकना पड़ता है , नहीं आओ . lōgō̃ kō rōknā paṛtā hai , nahī̃ āō . log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] rōknā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . people to x[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
289You have to stop people and tell them not to come.
255पहले आने के लिए मेहनत करनी पड़ती थी अभी संख्या से ज्यादा आ जाते हैं . pahlē ānē kē liē mēhnat karnī paṛtī thī abhī saṅkhyā sē jyādā ā jātē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[hab-past.f..oblig2] ab[adv.hī] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (x|firstly) (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) for effort do[hab-past.f..oblig2] now x from more come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
290Previously, you used to have to make effort to make them come whereas now more than the allowed numbers come.
256क्वान्टिटी और क्वालिटी दोनों ही आ रहे हैं . quantity aur quality dōnō̃ hī ā rahē haĩ . quantity aur quality dōnō̃ hī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . quantity and x x only come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
291Both quantity and quality are now coming.
257लेकिन क्वालिटी भी आने शुरू हो गई है इसीलिए तीनों ही वर्गो के सेवाधारियों को बापदादा की तरफ से और ब्राह्मण परिवार की तरफ से मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . lēkin quality bhī ānē śhurū hō gaī hai isīliē tīnō̃ hī vargō K|kē sēvādhāriyō̃ kō bāpdādā key|kī taraph sē aur brāhmaṇ parivār key|kī taraph sē mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . lēkin quality bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] isīliē tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but x too (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) x x all three only profession (K|of) server to BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from and Brahmin family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
292However, quality has also begun to come and therefore, congratulations, congratulations, congratulations to all the serviceable ones in the three wings from BapDada and the Brahmin family.
258और आपकी दादी ने तो सभी वर्गो में सेवा की वृद्धि का कलम लगा दिया है . aur āpkī dādī nē tō sabhī vargō mē̃ sēvā key|kī vr̥iddhi kā kalam lagā diyā hai . aur āp[pn.pl.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalam[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . and you[.kī] Dadi ∅ then all profession in service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) growth of x (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
293And your Dadi has planted the sapling of bringing about expansion in service of all the wings.
259दादी भी आप सभी को बहुत याद देती है . dādī bhī āp sabhī kō bahut yād dētī hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Dadi too you all to very remembrance give[pres.sg.f.23] .
294Dadi is also sending all of you lots of remembrance.
260उसका भी मन संगम पर है और तन एडवांस पार्टी की तरफ है . uskā bhī man saṅgam par hai aur tan advance party key|kī taraph hai . vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] advance party[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kā] too mind confluence (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] and body advance party (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction be[pres.sg.23] .
295Her mind is pulled to the confluence age while her body is with the advance party.
261अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
296It is good.
262ट्रेनिंग की टीचर्स और इन्दौर , training key|kī teachers aur Indore , training key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher aur Indore , training (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher and Indore , 263नडियाद होस्टल की कुमारियां : ( बाबा ही हमारा संसार है यह बैनर दिखा रहे हैं ) अच्छा है स्लोगन तो बहुत अच्छा लिखा है , ऐसा ही रोज अमृतवेले यह स्लोगन याद करना , सभी कुमारियां चाहे इन्दौर की हैं , चाहे मधुबन की ट्रेनिंग की है चाहे नड़ियाद की हैं लेकिन सभी कुमारियां अमृतवेले से यह स्लोगन याद करना है क्योंकि बाबा ही हमारा संसार है . naḍiyād hostel key|kī kumāriyā̃ : ( bābā hī hamārā saṅsār hai yah banner dikhā rahē haĩ ) achchhā hai slōgan tō bahut achchhā likhā hai , aisā hī rōj amr̥itvēlē yah slōgan yād karnā , sabhī kumāriyā̃ chāhē Indore kī haĩ , chāhē madhuban key|kī training kī hai chāhē naṛiyād kī haĩ lēkin sabhī kumāriyā̃ amr̥itvēlē sē yah slōgan yād karnā hai kyōṅki bābā hī hamārā saṅsār hai . x hostel key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kumārī[x] : ( bābā hī[p.] ham[pn.pl.kā] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] banner dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] slogan tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan yād karnā[x] , sab[adv.hī] kumārī[x] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē Indore karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] training karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē x karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] kumārī[x] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan yād karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki bābā hī[p.] ham[pn.pl.kā] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x hostel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) kumari : ( Baba only we[.kā] world be[pres.sg.23] this banner x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] slogan then very achcha write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such only day amrit vela this slogan remember , all kumari (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Indore do[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Madhuban (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) training do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x do[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] but all kumari amrit vela from this slogan remember because Baba only we[.kā] world be[pres.sg.23] .
297Teachers who have come for training and kumaris from the Indore and Nadiad Hostels: (Kumaris were holding a banner with "Baba is my world" written on it.) 298It is good. 299The slogan you have written is very good. 300Now, remember this slogan every day at amrit vela. 301All kumaris, whether from Indore, those who have come for the training in Madhuban or from Nadiad, all of you kumaris should remember this slogan at amrit vela because Baba definitely is your world.
264तो सारी आकर्षण , सारा दिल का प्यार कहाँ जायेगा ? tō sārī ākarṣhaṇ , sārā dil kā pyār kahā̃ jāyēgā ? tō sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] , sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then the whole attraction , the whole heart of love where go[fut.m.sg.23] ?
302Then, where will the whole attraction, the whole love of the heart go?
265बाबा में . bābā mē̃ . bābā mē̃[postp.] . Baba in .
303To Baba.
266नयनों में सदा कौन दिखाई देगा ? nayanō̃ mē̃ sadā kaun dikhāī dēgā ? nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sadā kaun[pn.;d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? eye in constantly who be visible ?
304Who will always be visible in your eyes?
267बाबा . bābā . bābā . Baba .
305Baba.
268मुख में सदा क्या निकलेगा ? mukh mē̃ sadā kyā nikalēgā ? mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā kyā nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? mouth in constantly what be extracted[fut.m.sg.23] ?
306What will always emerge through your lips?
269बाबा . bābā . bābā . Baba .
307Baba.
270और चेहरे में सदा बाप का नशा दिखाई देगा . aur chēhrē mē̃ sadā bāp kā naśhā dikhāī dēgā . aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and face in constantly father of intoxication be visible .
308And intoxication for the Father would always be visible on your face.
271सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में सदा ही बाप से सर्व सम्बन्ध जुटे रहेंगे . sambandh-sampark mē̃ sadā hī bāp sē sarv sambandh juṭē rahē̃gē . sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] juṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] . x in constantly only father from all relationship x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] .
309In terms of your relationships and connections, you will always have all relationships connected to the Father.
272तो क्या हो जायेंगे ? tō kyā hō jāyēṅgē ? tō kyā hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ? then what be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
310So, what will happen then?
273नो प्राब्लम . no problem . no problem[x] . no problem .
311No problem!
274दादी के दो अक्षर याद है . dādī K|kē dō akṣhar yād hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi (K|of) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word remembrance be[pres.sg.23] .
312Do you remember two expressions from Dadi?
275दादी बार बार कहती है निर्विघ्न और निर्विकल्प . dādī bār bār kahtī hai nirvighna aur nirvikalp . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nirvighna[adj.] aur nirvikalp[adj.] . Dadi time time say[pres.sg.f.23] free from obstacles and free from all sinful thoughts .
313Again and again, Dadi said: Free from obstacles and free from negative and sinful thoughts.
276तो दादी से प्यार है ना , सभी कुमारियों का प्यार है दादी से . tō dādī sē pyār hai nā , sabhī kumāriyō̃ kā pyār hai dādī sē . tō dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , sab[adv.hī] kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] . then Dadi from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , all kumari of love be[pres.sg.23] Dadi from .
314So, you have love for Dadi, do you not? 315All kumaris have love for Dadi.
277बहुत प्यार है . bahut pyār hai . bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very love be[pres.sg.23] .
316You have a lot of love.
278तो जो प्यारा होता है ना , उनके बोल , उनके शब्द सदा कानों में गूंजते रहते हैं . tō jō pyārā hōtā hai nā , unkē bōl , unkē śhabda sadā kānō̃ mē̃ gūñjtē rahtē haĩ . tō jō[pn.;d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , vah[pn.pl.kē] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.pl.kē] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] gūñjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then that loving be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , that[.kē] (speak[root]|x) , that[.kē] word constantly ear in echo[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . 279तो सदा यह बुद्धि में कानों में आवाज आता रहे निर्विघ्न और निर्विकल्प बनना ही है . tō sadā yah buddhi mē̃ kānō̃ mē̃ āvāj ātā rahē nirvighna aur nirvikalp bannā hī hai . tō sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] nirvighna[adj.] aur nirvikalp[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then constantly this intellect in ear in noise come[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] free from obstacles and free from all sinful thoughts become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
317The words that are spoken by the one you love always continue to echo in your ears. 318So, let the sound "I definitely have to become free from obstacles and free from sinful and negative thoughts" constantly enter your ears, your intellect.
280बनेंगी ना . banē̃gī nā . bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] nā . become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
319You will become that, will you not?
281बनेंगी , बनेंगी , जरूर बनेंगी . banē̃gī , banē̃gī , jarūr banē̃gī . bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , zarūr bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , definitely become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
320Will you become that? 321Will you become that? 322You will definitely become that.
282क्योंकि बापदादा का कुमारियों के तरफ बहुत अटेन्शन है और कुमारियां लकी भी हैं . kyōṅki bāpdādā kā kumāriyō̃ K|kē taraph bahut attention hai aur kumāriyā̃ lucky bhī haĩ . kyōṅki bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kumārī[x] lucky bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because BapDada of kumari (K|of) direction very attention be[pres.sg.23] and kumari lucky too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
323BapDada pays a lot of attention to the kumaris, and the kumaris are also lucky.
283भाई , पाण्डव सेना जो हैं ना , वह हंसती है , कहते हैं कुमारियां तो जल्दी दादी बन जाती हैं . bhāī , pāṇḍav sēnā jō haĩ nā , vah hanstī hai , kahtē haĩ kumāriyā̃ tō jaldī dādī ban jātī haĩ . bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] hãsnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kumārī[x] tō jaldī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) , Pandava army that be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , that laugh out[pres.sg.f.23] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kumari then very quickly Dadi become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . 284और पाण्डव को दादा नहीं कहते हैं . aur pāṇḍav kō dādā nahī̃ kahtē haĩ . aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and Pandava to Dada not say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
324The brothers, the Pandavas Army laugh because they say that the Kumaris quickly become Dadis, whereas the Pandavas are not called Dadas.
285भाई कहते हैं . bhāī kahtē haĩ . bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
325They are simply called brothers.
286तो देखो आपका लक कितना बढ़िया है . tō dēkhō āpkā luck kitnā baṛhiyā hai . tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kā] luck kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kā] luck so x be[pres.sg.23] .
326So, just see how great your luck is!
287आते ही लक प्राप्त हो जाता है . ātē hī luck prāpt hō jātā hai . ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] luck prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only luck reached be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
327As soon as you came, you received that luck.
288बापदादा का , गुरू का तख्त मिल जाता है . bāpdādā kā , gurū kā takht mil jātā hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada of , guru of throne receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
328You receive BapDada's throne, the throne of the Guru.
289यह मुरली का तख्त गुरू का तख्त है . yah murlī kā takht gurū kā takht hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this flute of throne guru of throne be[pres.sg.23] .
329The throne for the murli is the throne of the Guru.
290इसीलिए बापदादा टीचर्स को गुरूभाई कहता है . isīliē bāpdādā teachers kō gurūbhāī kahtā hai . isīliē bāpdādā teacher kō[postp.] gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x BapDada teacher to guru-bhai say[pres.sg.m.23] .
330This is why BapDada calls the teachers "Guru-bhai".
291तो याद रखना गुरूभाई हैं . tō yād rakhnā gurūbhāī haĩ . tō yād rakhnā[x] gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then remember guru-bhai be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
331So remember that you are Guru-bhais.
292गुरू का तख्त मिला है . gurū kā takht milā hai . gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . guru of throne receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
332You have received the throne of the Guru.
293अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
333It is good.
294यह ट्रेनिंग की जो विधि रखी है उससे अच्छी रिजल्ट निकलेगी . yah training key|kī jō vidhi rakhī hai ussē achchhī result nikalēgī . yah[pn.sg.d.] training key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.sē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result nikalnā[fut.f.sg.23] . this training (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that method keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.sē] achcha result be extracted[fut.f.sg.23] .
334The method that you have adopted for this training will bring a good result.
295लेकिन आप सभी आपेही अपना चार्ट मधुबन में भेजते रहना . lēkin āp sabhī āpēhī apnā chart madhuban mē̃ bhējtē rahnā . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] āpēhī apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chart madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but you all automatically (one’s own|adopt[root]) chart Madhuban in x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
335However, all of you must continue to send your own chart to Madhuban.
296सिर्फ ओ . के . लिखना ज्यादा नहीं लिखना . sirph ō . K|kē . likhnā jyādā nahī̃ likhnā . sirph[adj.] O . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only x . (K|of) . write[inf.m.sg.d.] more not write[inf.m.sg.d.] .
336Simply write OK, not too much.
297अगर और कोई कारण हो या कुछ न कुछ कमज़ोरी हो तो ओ . के . के बीच में लाइन लगा देना . agar aur kōī kāraṇ hō yā kuchh na kuchh kamzōrī hō tō ō . K|kē . K|kē bīch mē̃ line lagā dēnā . agar aur kōī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā kuchh na[neg] kuchh kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō O . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] line lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if someone else because (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or anything not anything weakness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then x . (K|of) . (K|of) centre in line (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
337If there is another reason, or if you have one weakness or another, then put a line through OK.
298बाकी ज्यादा नहीं पत्र लिखना , बस . bākī jyādā nahī̃ patra likhnā , bas . bākī|bākī jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , basnā[root]|bas . (others|but) more not x write[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x[root]|simply) .
338But don't write long letters, that is all.
299अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
339It is good.
300टीचर्स भी अच्छी मेहनत कर रही हैं . teachers bhī achchhī mēhnat kar rahī haĩ . teacher bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . teacher too achcha effort do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
340Teachers are also making good effort.
301बापदादा तो देखते हैं कि किसी भी डिपार्टमेंट के लिए मेहनत नहीं कर रहे हैं , अभी यह नहीं है , मेहनत सब कर रहे हैं . bāpdādā tō dēkhtē haĩ ki kisī bhī department kē liē mēhnat nahī̃ kar rahē haĩ , abhī yah nahī̃ hai , mēhnat sab kar rahē haĩ . bāpdādā tō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] department kē liē[x] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sab[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada then see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (some|anything) too x for effort not do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , now this not be[pres.sg.23] , effort all do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
341BapDada sees that in every department, it is not that they are not making effort; they are all making effort.
302चाहे स्थूल सेवा वाले भी मेहनत बहुत कर रहे हैं . chāhē sthūl sēvā vālē bhī mēhnat bahut kar rahē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sthūl[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) physical service those who too effort very do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
342Even those who are doing physical service are working very hard.
303अभी एक बात चाहिए सुनाये क्या ? abhī ēk bāt chāhiē sunāyē kyā ? ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā ? now one matter (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] what ?
343Now, one thing is needed. 344Should Baba tell you?
304एक बात जैसे सेवा में , कार्य में हर डिपार्टमेंट , हर वर्ग , हर सेन्टर , हर जोन , सेवा बढ़ा रहा है . ēk bāt jaisē sēvā mē̃ , kārya mē̃ har|her department , har|her varg , har|her centre , har|her zone , sēvā baṛhā rahā hai . ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her department , harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her centre , harnā[root]|har|her zone , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . one matter like service in , task in (x[root]|x) x , (x[root]|x) profession , (x[root]|x) centre , (x[root]|x) zone , service (grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|increase[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) . 305लेकिन अभी आवश्यकता है - एकता और एकानामी की . lēkin abhī āvaśhyaktā hai - ēktā aur economy key|kī . lēkin ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ēktā[n.f.;sg.] aur economy key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . but now need be[pres.sg.23] - unity and economical (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
345The one thing is that, just as in service and in activity, every department, every wing, every centre, every zone is increasing service, there is now a need for unity and economy.
306यह दो चीज़ें , सम्मान देना और सम्मान लेना . yah dō chīzē̃ , sammān dēnā aur sammān lēnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) thing , respect give[inf.m.sg.d.] and respect take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
346These two things: to give regard and to receive regard.
307तो एकता , हर एक के सहयोग की अंगुली है ही है . tō ēktā , har ēk K|kē sahyōg key|kī aṅgulī hai hī hai . tō ēktā[n.f.;sg.] , har ēk[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then unity , each one (K|of) cooperation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) finger be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
347So unity, you always have one another's finger of co-operation.
308चाहे महारथी हैं , चाहे थोड़ा कम पुरूषार्थी हैं , लेकिन हर एक का सहयोग तो है . chāhē mahārathī haĩ , chāhē thōṛā cum|kam purūṣhārthī haĩ , lēkin har ēk kā sahyōg tō hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) maharathi be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) short (x|less) effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but each one of cooperation then be[pres.sg.23] .
348Whether someone is a maharathi, or a little less of an effort-maker, you have each one's co-operation.
309अगर कर्मणा करने वाले का सहयोग नहीं मिलता तो आप सेवा कैसे करते , टाइम पर कैसे निकलते , टाइम पर कैसे सेवा करते . agar karmaṇā karnē vālē kā sahyōg nahī̃ miltā tō āp sēvā kaisē kartē , time par kaisē nikaltē , time par kaisē sēvā kartē . agar karmaṇā karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , time par[postp.]|par[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , time par[postp.]|par[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . if x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who of cooperation not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then you service how do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , time (at|other) how be extracted[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , time (at|other) how service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
349If you didn't receive the co-operation of those who do physical work, then how would you do service? 350How would you be able to leave on time? 351How would you do service on time?
310ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
352Is that all right?
311हर एक विशेष है . har ēk viśhēṣh hai . har ēk[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one special be[pres.sg.23] .
353Each one is special.
312सम्मान के अधिकारी हैं इसीलिए हरेक छोटे बड़े को सम्मान दो और सम्मान लो . sammān K|kē adhikārī haĩ isīliē harēk chhōṭē baṛē kō sammān dō aur sammān low|lō . sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isīliē har ēk chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] aur sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . respect (K|of) (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] x each one small very to respect (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) and respect (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
354Each one has a right to receive regard and therefore give regard to each one, young and old, and receive regard.
313दो अक्षर याद रखना - एकता और एकॉनामी . dō akṣhar yād rakhnā - ēktā aur economy . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] - ēktā[n.f.;sg.] aur economy . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word remember - unity and economical .
355Simply remember two words: Unity and economy.
314बाकी सब अच्छा है . bākī sab achchhā hai . bākī sab[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everything else achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
356All the rest is very good.
315 ( ट्रेनिंग कराने वाली टीचर्स ) बहुत अच्छा , उमंग उल्हास में लाया , इसकी मुबारक हो . ( training karānē vālī teachers ) bahut achchhā , umaṅg ulhās mē̃ lāyā , iskī mubārak hō . ( training karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( training make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who teacher ) very achcha , zeal enthusiasm in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
357(To the teachers who conducted the training.) 358Very good. 359You brought about in them good zeal and enthusiasm. 360Congratulations for that.
316अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
361Achcha.
317बापदादा तो एक-एक को देखकर , एक-एक की विशेषता को देखकर बहुत खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā tō ēk-ēk kō dēkhkar , ēk-ēk key|kī viśhēṣhtā kō dēkhkar bahut khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] , ēk[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then one to see[abs.] , one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality to see[abs.] very happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
362Seeing each one and seeing each one's speciality, BapDada is very, very pleased.
318कर्नाटक की माताओं से : मातायें ठीक हैं ? karnāṭak key|kī mātāō̃ sē : mātāyē̃ ṭhīk haĩ ? karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? Karnataka (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) mother from : mother OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
363Speaking to the mothers of Karnataka: Are the mothers all right?
319मातायें हाथ उठाओ . mātāyē̃ hāth uṭhāō . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mother raise your hands .
364Mothers, raise your hands!
320बहुत हैं . bahut haĩ . bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
365There are many of you.
321कर्नाटक की मातायें उठो . karnāṭak key|kī mātāyē̃ uṭhō . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Karnataka (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) mother wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
366Mothers from Karnataka, stand up!
322अच्छा है , माताओं की संख्या तो अच्छी है . achchhā hai , mātāō̃ key|kī saṅkhyā tō achchhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , mother (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
367It is good. 368The number of mothers is good.
323अभी कर्नाटक की मातायें क्या कमाल दिखायेंगी ? abhī karnāṭak key|kī mātāyē̃ kyā kamāl dikhāyēṅgī ? ab[adv.hī] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? now Karnataka (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) mother what x x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
369Now, what wonders will the mothers of Karnataka show?
324कोई नई कमाल दिखाना . kōī naī kamāl dikhānā . kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some new x x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
370Show some new wonders.
325सेवा तो करती हो लेकिन अभी कोई नई मातायें अपनी चलन दिखाना और बापदादा का वरदान है माताओं को , कि जहाँ सेन्टर पर मातायें ज्यादा होती हैं , सेन्टर पर सेवा करती हैं , वहाँ भण्डारा और भण्डारी दोनों बहुत भरपूर रहती हैं . sēvā tō kartī hō lēkin abhī kōī naī mātāyē̃ apnī chalan dikhānā aur bāpdādā kā vardān hai mātāō̃ kō , ki jahā̃ centre par mātāyē̃ jyādā hōtī haĩ , centre par sēvā kartī haĩ , vahā̃ bhaṇḍārā aur bhaṇḍārī dōnō̃ bahut bharpūr rahtī haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.f.2] lēkin ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , ki[conj.] jahā̃ centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , vahā̃ bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur bhanḍārī[x] dōnō̃ bahut bharpūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . service then do[pres.pl.f.2] but now some new mother one’s own behaviour x[inf.m.sg.d.] and BapDada of blessing be[pres.sg.23] mother to , that where there centre (at|other) mother more be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , centre (at|other) service do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , there treasure store and bhandari x very full remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
371You are doing service anyway, but now, some of you new mothers should show this by your activity. 372And BapDada's blessing for the mothers is that where there is a big number of mothers at the centre, where the mothers are doing service at the centres, both the bhandara (kitchen) and the bhandari (Baba's box) are always full.
326चाहे कमाती नहीं हैं लेकिन दिल बड़ी है . chāhē kamātī nahī̃ haĩ lēkin dil baṛī hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kamānā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) earn[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but heart very be[pres.sg.23] .
373Even if you mothers are not earning, you have a big heart.
327तो माताओं की महिमा बापदादा भी करते हैं , आदि से शुरूआत से , जब सेवाकेन्द्र खुले तो जहाँ मातायें रही हैं वहाँ कभी भी न भण्डारा खाली रहा है , न भण्डारी खाली रही है . tō mātāō̃ key|kī mahimā bāpdādā bhī kartē haĩ , ādi sē śhurūāt sē , jab sēvākēndra khulē tō jahā̃ mātāyē̃ rahī haĩ vahā̃ kabhī bhī na bhaṇḍārā khālī rahā hai , na bhaṇḍārī khālī rahī hai . tō mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] śhurūāt sē[postp.] , jab sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|khulnā[opt.sg.23] tō jahā̃ mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vahā̃ kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] na[neg] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khālī[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , na[neg] bhanḍārī[x] khālī[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then mother (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) praise BapDada too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , etc. from beginning from , when centre (open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x|open up[opt.sg.23]) then where there mother remain[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] there ever too not treasure store empty remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , not bhandari empty remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
374So, even BapDada praises you mothers. 375From the beginning, from when the centres opened, where the mothers have been staying, neither has the bhandara remained empty there nor has the kitchen remained empty there.
328इसीलिए मातायें पालन करने वाली है ना ! isīliē mātāyē̃ pālan karnē vālī hai nā ! isīliē mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pālan[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! x mother x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
376This is why mothers are those who give sustenance, are they not?
329तो नई नई आत्माओं की पालना बहुत अच्छी होती है . tō naī naī ātmāō̃ key|kī pālnā bahut achchhī hōtī hai . tō nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then new new soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) very achcha be[pres.sg.f.23] .
377So, new souls are sustained very, very well.
330अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
378Achcha.
331कर्नाटक के पाण्डव : अच्छा , हर सेन्टर पर पाण्डवों की भी आवश्यकता है क्योंकि पाण्डव आलराउण्ड सेवा में मददगार बनते हैं . karnāṭak K|kē pāṇḍav : achchhā , har|her centre par pāṇḍavō̃ key|kī bhī āvaśhyaktā hai kyōṅki pāṇḍav all-round sēvā mē̃ madadgār bantē haĩ . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , harnā[root]|har|her centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] all-round sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Karnataka (K|of) Pandava : achcha , (x[root]|x) centre (at|other) Pandava (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too need be[pres.sg.23] because Pandava all-round service in helper become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
379Pandavas from Karnataka: Achcha, at every centre, Pandavas are also necessary because Pandavas are all- round helpers in service.
332चाहे हार्ड वर्कर में चाहे बाहर अन्दर सन्देश फैलाने में पाण्डव अच्छे मददगार बनते हैं और पाण्डव सेन्टर को चलाने और आगे बढ़ाने के लिए भी निमित्त बनते हैं . chāhē hard worker mē̃ chāhē bāhar andar sandēśh phailānē mē̃ pāṇḍav achchhē madadgār bantē haĩ aur pāṇḍav centre kō chalānē aur āgē baṛhānē kē liē bhī nimitt bantē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē hard worker mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bāhar andar sandēśh[x] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] centre kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur āgē baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) hard x in (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) outside inside message spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] in Pandava achcha helper become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Pandava centre to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] and previously increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] for too instrument become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
380Pandavas become very good helpers whether it is as hard workers or as spreading Baba's message to the people outside and also inside. 381Pandavas also become instruments to run the centres and to make them progress too.
333पाण्डव भी कम नहीं हैं . pāṇḍav bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
382Pandavas are no less either.
334इसीलिए आपको याद है , पाण्डव और शक्तियां दोनों की आवश्यकता है इसका चतुर्भुज रूप दिखाया गया है . isīliē āpkō yād hai , pāṇḍav aur śhaktiyā̃ dōnō̃ key|kī āvaśhyaktā hai iskā chaturbhuj rūp dikhāyā gayā hai . isīliē āp[pn.pl.kō] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dōnō̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.kā] chaturbhuj[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] . x you[.kō] remembrance be[pres.sg.23] , Pandava and Shakti x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need be[pres.sg.23] this[.kā] x Rup (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) .
383This is why, remember that both Pandavas and Shaktis are necessary and this has been shown as the four-armed image.
335चतुर्भुज रूप में एक नहीं है , दोनों साथ हैं . chaturbhuj rūp mē̃ ēk nahī̃ hai , dōnō̃ sāth haĩ . chaturbhuj[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dōnō̃ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x Rup in one not be[pres.sg.23] , x with be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
384In the four-armed image, there is just one of them, but both are shown together.
336मातायें पाण्डवों से आगे हैं , और पाण्डव माताओं से आगे हैं . mātāyē̃ pāṇḍavō̃ sē āgē haĩ , aur pāṇḍav mātāō̃ sē āgē haĩ . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . mother Pandava from previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] , and Pandava mother from previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
385Mothers are ahead of the Pandavas and Pandavas are ahead of the mothers.
337तो अच्छा है कर्नाटक में पाण्डवों की भी कमी नहीं हैं , माताओं की भी कमी नहीं हैं और अच्छे-अच्छे जैसे जनक बच्ची ने कहा ना , तो कर्नाटक में बहुत वारिस पहले-पहले निकले हैं , यह राइट है . tō achchhā hai karnāṭak mē̃ pāṇḍavō̃ key|kī bhī kamī nahī̃ haĩ , mātāō̃ key|kī bhī kamī nahī̃ haĩ aur achchhē-achchhē jaisē janak bachchī nē kahā nā , tō karnāṭak mē̃ bahut vāris pahlē-pahlē nikalē haĩ , yah right hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , tō karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] Karnataka in Pandava (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , mother (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] and achcha like Janak girl ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , then Karnataka in very heir (x|firstly) be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , this right be[pres.sg.23] .
386It is good. 387There is no shortage of Pandavas in Karnataka. 388There is no shortage of mothers too, and very good heirs emerged from Karnataka earlier, as child Janak mentioned. 389That is right.
338अभी उन्हों को ऐसे वारिस तैयार करने हैं , ठीक है ना . abhī unhō̃ kō aisē vāris taiyār karnē haĩ , ṭhīk hai nā . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . now that to such heir x do[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
390Now, they have to prepare such heirs. 391Is that all right?
339उमंग है ना . umaṅg hai nā . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . zeal be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
392You have that enthusiasm, do you not?
340तो दूसरे वर्ष रिजल्ट तो बतायेंगे ना , कितने वारिस निकले . tō dūsrē varṣh result tō batāyēṅgē nā , kitnē vāris nikalē . tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] result tō batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then other year result then tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , so heir (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
393So, next year, you will show your result of how many heirs emerged, will you not?
341रिजल्ट बताना फिर बापदादा बुलायेगा . result batānā phir bāpdādā bulāyēgā . result batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā bulānā[fut.m.sg.23] . result tell[inf.m.sg.d.] (then|turn[root]) BapDada call[fut.m.sg.23] .
394Show the result and then BapDada will call them.
342पहले रिजल्ट देखेगा . pahlē result dēkhēgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] result dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x|firstly) result see[fut.m.sg.23] .
395First, He will see the result.
343वर्ग वाले भी पहले लिस्ट निकालो , फॉरेन वाले भी ऐसे , नये नये वारिस निकालो , उसकी लिस्ट अगले वर्ष में ले आना फिर बापदादा बुलायेगा . varg vālē bhī pahlē list nikālō , foreign vālē bhī aisē , nayē nayē vāris nikālō , uskī list aglē varṣh mē̃ lē ānā phir bāpdādā bulāyēgā . varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.kī] list aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā bulānā[fut.m.sg.23] . profession those who too (x|firstly) list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , abroad those who too such , new new heir x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.kī] list next year in (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) (then|turn[root]) BapDada call[fut.m.sg.23] .
396Those of the wings too, first make a list. 397Those from abroad too, make new heirs emerge. 398Next year, bring their list and then BapDada will call them.
344ठीक है , टीचर्स . ṭhīk hai , teachers . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , teacher . OK be[pres.sg.23] , teacher .
399Is this all right, teachers?
345टीचर्स सभी उठो : टीचर्स भी कम नहीं हैं . teachers sabhī uṭhō : teachers bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . teacher sab[adv.hī] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : teacher bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher all wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : teacher too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
400All teachers, stand up: The teachers are no less.
346बापदादा तो सभी टीचर्स को गुरूभाई देखते हैं . bāpdādā tō sabhī teachers kō gurūbhāī dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō sab[adv.hī] teacher kō[postp.] gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then all teacher to guru-bhai see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
401BapDada sees all the teachers as guru-bhais".
347गुरूभाई का अर्थ है बाप समान . gurūbhāī kā arth|earth hai bāp samān . gurū-bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp samān[x] . guru-bhai of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] equal to the Father .
402The meaning of "guru-bhai" is to be equal to the Father.
348तो टीचर्स को विशेष हर कर्म बाप समान करना ही है . tō teachers kō viśhēṣh har|her karma bāp samān karnā hī hai . tō teacher kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then teacher to special (x[root]|x) deed equal to the Father do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
403So, teachers specially have to perform every action the same as the Father.
349करेंगे नहीं , करना ही है क्योंकि टीचर्स बाप की तरफ से स्टूडेन्ट के आगे एक निमित्त साकार रूप में बाप समान हैं . karē̃gē nahī̃ , karnā hī hai kyōṅki teachers bāp key|kī taraph sē student kē āgē ēk nimitt sākār rūp mē̃ bāp samān haĩ . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki teacher bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] student kē āgē[x] ēk[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp samān[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] because teacher father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from student in front of one instrument sakar Rup in equal to the Father be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
404Not that you will do it at some point in time, but that you definitely have to do it because you do it on behalf of the Father - teachers are instruments of being equal to the Father in the corporeal form for the students.
350टीचर का हर कर्म स्टूडेन्ट के आगे बाप समान दिखाई दे . teacher kā har|her karma student kē āgē bāp samān dikhāī dē . teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] student kē āgē[x] bāp samān[x] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . teacher of (x[root]|x) deed student in front of equal to the Father be visible .
405Every action of a teacher should be visible as that of being equal to the Father in front of the students.
351सबके मुख से निकले यह तो बाप को फॉलो कर बाप समान बने हुए हैं . sabkē mukh sē nikalē yah tō bāp kō follow kar bāp samān banē huē haĩ . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[root] bāp samān[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . everyone's mouth from (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) this then father to follow do[root] equal to the Father (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
406It should emerge from everyone's lips that this one is following the Father and has become equal to the Father.
352तो ऐसा लक्ष्य है ना . tō aisā lakṣhya hai nā . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then such aim be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
407You have such an aim, do you not?
353यही लक्ष्य है ना . yahī lakṣhya hai nā . yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . this aim be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
408This is your aim, is it not?
354कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
409Nod your head.
355टीचर निमित्त हैं . teacher nimitt haĩ . teacher nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
410Teachers are instruments.
356तो निमित्त के ऊपर जिम्मेवारी भी है ना . tō nimitt kē ūpar jimmēvārī bhī hai nā . tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then instrument over responsibility too be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 357तो कर रही हो . tō kar rahī hō . tō karnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . then do[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .
411So those who are instruments have a responsibility. 412So, you are doing this, are you not?
358लेकिनlēkinlēkinbut359और भी आगे करना है . aur bhī āgē karnā hai . aur bhī[p.] āgē karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and too previously do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
413However, you have to do even more in the future.
360लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छा है . lakṣhya bahut achchhā hai . lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . aim very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
414You have kept a good aim.
361और बाप तो यही हर टीचर में शुभ भावना रखते हैं कि बाप समान बनना ही है . aur bāp tō yahī har|her teacher mē̃ śhubh bhāvnā rakhtē haĩ ki bāp samān bannā hī hai . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] harnā[root]|har|her teacher mē̃[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and father then this (x[root]|x) teacher in pure feeling keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
415And the good wishes that the Father has for every teacher is that you have to become equal to the Father.
362और क्या करेंगी ? aur kyā karē̃gī ? aur kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? and what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
416What else will you do?
363और कोई रास्ता है क्या , समान बाप के बनने के और कोई रास्ता नहीं है इसीलिए देखो इन्होंने यह स्लोगन बनाया है , बाप ही संसार है . aur kōī rāstā hai kyā , samān bāp K|kē bannē K|kē aur kōī rāstā nahī̃ hai isīliē dēkhō inhōnnē yah slōgan banāyā hai , bāp hī saṅsār hai . aur kōī[x] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā , samān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur kōī[x] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.pl.nē] yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . someone else path be[pres.sg.23] what , equal father (K|of) become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) someone else path not be[pres.sg.23] x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this[.nē] this slogan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , father only world be[pres.sg.23] .
417Is there any other way? 418There is no other way for becoming equal to the Father. 419And this is why these people have written the slogan, "The Father is my world!"
364अच्छा बनाया है . achchhā banāyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
420You have made a good slogan.
365लेकिन कपड़े पर नहीं रह जाये , दिल में रह जाए . lēkin kapṛē par nahī̃ rah jāyē , dil mē̃ rah jāē . lēkin kapṛā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . but clothes (at|other) not remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , heart in remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
421However, it should not remain on the cloth; it should remain in your heart.
366अच्छी हैं टीचर्स . achchhī haĩ teachers . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] teacher . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] teacher .
422Teachers are good.
367संगठन तो बहुत बढ़िया है . saṅgaṭhan tō bahut baṛhiyā hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] tō bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . gathering then very x be[pres.sg.23] .
423This gathering is very beautiful.
368अभी कमाल करेंगी . abhī kamāl karē̃gī . ab[adv.hī] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . now x do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 369जैसे अभी कमाल करके दिखाई ना . jaisē abhī kamāl karkē dikhāī nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nā . like now x do[abs.] (x[past-part.f.]|x) ∅ .
424You will now perform wonders, just as you showed wonders just now.
370स्वार्णिम कनार्टक का अच्छा जलवा दिखाया अच्छा , ऐसे आगे भी कमाल दिखायेंगी . svārṇim kanārṭak kā achchhā jalvā dikhāyā achchhā , aisē āgē bhī kamāl dikhāyēṅgī . svarṇim[adj.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . golden Karnataka of achcha sparkle x[past-part.m.sg.d.] achcha , such previously too x x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
425You have shown very good splendour of the Golden Karnataka. 426You will show such wonders in the future too.
371बाप की शुभ भावना है . bāp key|kī śhubh bhāvnā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) pure feeling be[pres.sg.23] .
427You have the Father's good wishes.
372ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
428Is it all right?
373अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
429Achcha.
374अभी सबके दिल में क्या उमंग आ रहा है ? abhī sabkē dil mē̃ kyā umaṅg ā rahā hai ? ab[adv.hī] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? now everyone's heart in what zeal come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
430What enthusiasm do all of you have in your heart?
375एक ही उमंग बाप समान बनना ही है . ēk hī umaṅg bāp samān bannā hī hai . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one only zeal equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
431You have just the one enthusiasm: I have to become equal to the Father.
376है यह उमंग ? hai yah umaṅg ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] this zeal ?
432Do you have this enthusiasm?
377पाण्डव , हाथ उठाओ . pāṇḍav , hāth uṭhāō . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Pandava , raise your hands .
433Pandavas, raise your hands!
378बनना ही है . bannā hī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
434I definitely have to become that.
379बनेंगे , गे गे नहीं करना . banē̃gē , gē gē nahī̃ karnā . bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , some time some time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
435Not that I will become; do not say "I will, I will do it.
380देखेंगे , बनेंगे , गे गे नहीं करना … लेकिन बनना ही है . dēkhē̃gē , banē̃gē , gē gē nahī̃ karnā … lēkin bannā hī hai . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] … lēkin bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , some time some time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] … but become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
436I will see to it. 437I will become....." 438Do not say, "I will, I will", but say: I have to become.
381पक्का . pakkā . pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . firm .
439Make it firm!
382पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
440Is it firm?
383अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
441Achcha.
384हर एक अपना ओ . के . का कार्ड अपने टीचर के पास चार्ट के रूप में देते रहना . har ēk apnā ō . K|kē . kā card apnē teacher kē pās chart K|kē rūp mē̃ dētē rahnā . har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] O . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] card apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] teacher kē pās[x] chart K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . each one (one’s own|adopt[root]) x . (K|of) . of card one’s own teacher to chart (K|of) Rup in give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
442Each one of you should continue to give your OK card in the form of your chart to your teacher.
385ज्यादा नहीं लिखो , बस एक कार्ड ले लो उसमें ओ . के . लिखो या लाइन डालो बस . jyādā nahī̃ likhō , bas ēk card lē lō usmē̃ ō . K|kē . likhō yā line ḍālō bas . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , basnā[root]|bas ēk[adj.] card lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] O . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā line ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] basnā[root]|bas . more not write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[root]|simply) one card take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] that[.mē̃] x . (K|of) . write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or line create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[root]|simply) .
443Do not write a lot. 444Simply take one card and on that, write OK. 445Or put a line through OK. 446That is all.
386यह तो कर सकते हो ना . yah tō kar saktē hō nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā . this then do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ .
447You can do this much, can you not?
387लम्बा पत्र नहीं . lambā patra nahī̃ . lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . x x not .
448Do not write a long letter.
388अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
449Achcha.
389दादियों से : ( जानकी दादी ने बापदादा को गले लगाया ) सभी आपस में हाथ मिलाओ . dādiyō̃ sē : ( jānkī dādī nē bāpdādā kō galē lagāyā ) sabhī āpas mē̃ hāth milāō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) sab[adv.hī] āpas mē̃[x] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Dadi from : ( x Dadi ∅ BapDada to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat|x[opt.sg.23]) attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) all with each other hand x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
450To the Dadis: (Dadi Janki embraced BapDada): All of you join hands.
390बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
451Very good.
391 ( परदादी कलकत्ता जा रही है ) कलकत्ते में चक्कर लगाने जा रही है . ( pardādī kalkattā jā rahī hai ) kalkattē mē̃ chakkar lagānē jā rahī hai . ( pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kalkattā jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) kalkattā mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta x go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) x in cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
452(Par Dadi is going to Calcutta.) 453You are going on a tour to Calcutta.
392चक्कर लगाने जाना चाहिए . chakkar lagānē jānā chāhiē . chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (go[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) .
454You should go on the tour.
393आप सभी भी सभी को हिम्मत , उमंग उत्साह दिलाने के निमित्त बन यही सेवा करते रहते हो ना ! āp sabhī bhī sabhī kō himmat , umaṅg utsāh dilānē kē nimitt ban yahī sēvā kartē rahtē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā ! you all too all to courage , zeal enthusiasm x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x (become[root]|x) this service do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ !
455All of you also have become instruments and continue to do the service of giving courage, zeal and enthusiasm to everyone, do you not?
394क्योंकि आज हिम्मत और उमंग उत्साह सदा कायम रहे , इसी की आवश्यकता है . kyōṅki āj himmat aur umaṅg utsāh sadā kāyam rahē , isī key|kī āvaśhyaktā hai . kyōṅki āj himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā kāyam[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because today courage and zeal enthusiasm constantly x (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) , this[.hī] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need be[pres.sg.23] .
456Because today, there is a need for courage, zeal and enthusiasm to remain permanently.
395तो सभी को जो भी सामने आये , उसको हिम्मत उमंग उत्साह सेकेण्ड की दृष्टि से भी प्राप्त हो . tō sabhī kō jō bhī sāmnē āyē , uskō himmat umaṅg utsāh second key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi sē bhī prāpt hō . tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sāmnē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] second key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then all to that too x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , that[.kō] courage zeal enthusiasm second (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti from too reached (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 396क्योंकि आप सभी मास्टर दाता हो . kyōṅki āp sabhī master dātā hō . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because you all master bestower (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
457So, whoever comes in front of you, let them receive courage, zeal and enthusiasm from you with a second's drishti because all of you are master bestowers.
397जो भी आवे , कुछ ले जावे . jō bhī āvē , kuchh lē jāvē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , kuchh lē jānā[opt.sg.23] . that too come[opt.sg.23] , anything carry .
458Whoever comes should go back with something.
398चाहे स्नेह ले जाये , चाहे सहयोग ले जाये . chāhē snēh lē jāyē , chāhē sahyōg lē jāyē . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) love carry , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) cooperation carry . 399चाहे हिम्मत ले जाये . chāhē himmat lē jāyē . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] lē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) courage carry . 400चाहे उमंग ले जाये , कुछ न कुछ ले जावे क्योंकि दाता के बच्चे हैं . chāhē umaṅg lē jāyē , kuchh na kuchh lē jāvē kyōṅki dātā K|kē bachchē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] lē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kuchh na[neg] kuchh lē jānā[opt.sg.23] kyōṅki dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) zeal carry , anything not anything carry because bestower (K|of) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
459Whether they take love, co-operation, courage or enthusiasm, they should take back something or another because you are the children of the Bestower.
401वैसे तो सभी का काम यह है , कभी भी किससे मिलते हो , कोई मिलने आता है , खाली हाथ नहीं जाये . vaisē tō sabhī kā kām yah hai , kabhī bhī kissē miltē hō , kōī milnē ātā hai , khālī hāth nahī̃ jāyē . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.sē] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , khālī[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x then all of (task|lust) this be[pres.sg.23] , ever too who[.sē] receive[pres.pl.m.2] , some receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23] , empty hand not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
460In fact, this is everyone's duty - whenever you meet anyone, or when someone comes to meet you, they should not go back empty-handed.
402चलो दृष्टि का स्नेह ले जाये , टाइम नहीं है , बात करने की आवश्यकता भी नहीं रहती है , लेकिन जो आया वह गया कैसे ? chalō dr̥iṣhṭi kā snēh lē jāyē , time nahī̃ hai , bāt karnē key|kī āvaśhyaktā bhī nahī̃ rahtī hai , lēkin jō āyā vah gayā kaisē ? chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , lēkin jō[pn.;d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] drishti of love carry , time not be[pres.sg.23] , matter do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need too not remain[pres.sg.f.23] , but that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that go[past-part.m.sg.d.] how ?
461OK, let them take loving drishti. 462If there isn't time there is no need to speak, but how did whoever come go back?
403कुछ ले गया . kuchh lē gayā . kuchh lē jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . anything carry .
463Did he take something back with him?
404सेकण्ड की दृष्टि से भी बहुत कुछ ले सकते हैं . second key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi sē bhī bahut kuchh lē saktē haĩ . second key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut kuchh lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . second (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti from too very anything take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
464They can take a lot even through a second's drishti.
405दृष्टि की रूहानियत वा दृष्टि से दिल का स्नेह तो सेकण्ड में भी ले सकते हैं . dr̥iṣhṭi key|kī rūhāniyat vā dr̥iṣhṭi sē dil kā snēh tō second mē̃ bhī lē saktē haĩ . dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] vā dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō second mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . drishti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x or drishti from heart of love then second in too take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
465One can take spirituality through drishti or the love from the heart within a second.
406अभी ब्राह्मणों का आपस में मिलना यह होना चाहिए . abhī brāhmaṇō̃ kā āpas mē̃ milnā yah hōnā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āpas mē̃[x] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . now Brahmin of with each other receive[inf.m.sg.d.] this (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
466This is the way that you Brahmins should be meeting one another.
407तभी आपका वायुमण्डल विश्व में स्नेह , सहयोग , हिम्मत फैलायेगा . tabhī āpkā vāyumaṇḍal viśhva mē̃ snēh , sahyōg , himmat phailāyēgā . tabhī āp[pn.pl.kā] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[fut.m.sg.23] . x you[.kā] atmosphere world in love , cooperation , courage spread[fut.m.sg.23] .
467Then the atmosphere of your love, co-operation and courage will spread in the world.
408सभी ब्राह्मण जो अपने को ब्रह्माकुमार कुमारी समझते हैं , उनको ऐसे ही सेवा में बिजी रहना है . sabhī brāhmaṇ jō apnē kō brahmākumār kumārī samajhtē haĩ , unkō aisē hī sēvā mē̃ busy rahnā hai . sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] brahmākumār kumārī[x] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kō] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all Brahmin that one’s own to x understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kō] such only service in busy remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
468All Brahmins who consider themselves to be Brahma Kumars and Kumaris should remain busy in service in this way.
409ऐसे नहीं टाइम नहीं मिला , सेकण्ड तो मिला ना . aisē nahī̃ time nahī̃ milā , second tō milā nā . aisē nahī̃[x] time nahī̃[neg] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] , second tō milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] nā . it isn't that time not (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , second then (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) ∅ .
469Do not think that you didn't have time. 470You found a second, didn't you?
410मिनट भी मिला ना . minute bhī milā nā . minute bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] nā . minute too (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) ∅ .
471You even found a minute, didn't you?
411गाया हुआ है नज़र से निहाल . gāyā huā hai nazar sē nihāl . gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nihāl[adj.] . sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] glance from beyond .
472It is remembered that souls are taken beyond with a second's glance.
412तो ऐसे संगठन में लहर फैलाओ फिर टाइम देने की आवश्यकता ही नहीं रहेगी . tō aisē saṅgaṭhan mē̃ lahar phailāō phir time dēnē key|kī āvaśhyaktā hī nahī̃ rahēgī . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] time dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] . then such gathering in wave spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) time give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need only not remain[fut.f.sg.23] .
473So, spread this wave in the gathering and then it won't be necessary to give special time.
413अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
474Achcha.
414डबल विदेशी टीचर्स बहनों से : आप सबने आपस में मिलकर अच्छा पार्ट बजाया . double vidēśhī teachers bahanō̃ sē : āp sabnē āpas mē̃ milkar achchhā part bajāyā . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.] sabnē āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . double foreigner teacher x from : you x with each other receive[abs.] achcha play one's part .
475To the double-foreign senior sisters: All of you together have played a very good part.
415सब प्रोग्राम अच्छे ते अच्छे रहे . sab programme achchhē tē achchhē rahē . sab[adj.] programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . all programme achcha from achcha (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .
476All the programmes have been the best of all.
416ऐसे ही सदा एक दो को सम्मान देते हुए , सहयोग देते हुए कार्य को सफल कर सकते हो . aisē hī sadā ēk dō kō sammān dētē huē , sahyōg dētē huē kārya kō saphal kar saktē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . such only constantly one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to respect give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , cooperation give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] task to successful do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
477In the same way, you can continue to give regard to one another, help one another and accomplish the task successfully.
417सफलता का तो वरदान है ही . saphaltā kā tō vardān hai hī . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . success of then blessing be[pres.sg.23] only .
478You already have the blessing of success.
418निमित्त बनने वालों को तो विशेष बापदादा की तरफ से एकस्ट्रा सहयोग मिलता है . nimitt bannē vālō̃ kō tō viśhēṣh bāpdādā key|kī taraph sē extra sahyōg miltā hai . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] extra sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to then special BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from extra cooperation receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
479Those who become instruments especially receive extra help from BapDada.
419तो हर एक ने अपना-अपना अच्छा पार्ट बजाया . tō har ēk nē apnā-apnā achchhā part bajāyā . tō har ēk[x] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then each one ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) achcha play one's part .
480So, each one of you has played your part very well.
420बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
481BapDada is pleased.
421अपना कार्य पूरा किया तो अभी रहो या जाओ आपके ऊपर है . apnā kārya pūrā kiyā tō abhī rahō yā jāō āpkē ūpar hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ab[adv.hī] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) task make full then now remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kē] over be[pres.sg.23] .
482You have finished your task, and so now, whether you stay or go is up to you.
422जिसकी ड्युटी होगी वह तो रूकेगी . jiskī duty hōgī vah tō rūkēgī . jō[pn.sg.kī] duty hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō ruknā[fut.f.sg.23] . that[.kī] duty be[fut.f.sg.23] that then stop[fut.f.sg.23] .
483Whoever's duty it is will stay here.
423बाकी अच्छी हिम्मत की और ड्रामानुसार आप लोग ही निमित्त बने हुए हो क्योंकि कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर है आपमें , चला सकती हो . bākī achchhī himmat key|kī aur ḍrāmānusār āp lōg hī nimitt banē huē hō kyōṅki controlling power hai āpmē̃ , chalā saktī hō . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] aur ḍrāmānusār āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] kyōṅki controlling power[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.mē̃] , chalānā[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] . (others|but) achcha courage (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) and x you people only instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] because controlling power be[pres.sg.23] you[.mē̃] , x[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] .
484You had good courage, and, according to the drama, you have become instruments, because you have controlling power. 485You can run everything.
424अच्छा है , बापदादा खुश है . achchhā hai , bāpdādā khuśh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
486It is good. 487BapDada is pleased.
488* * * O M S H A N T I * * *